WO2009119182A1 - Shared device layout support system - Google Patents

Shared device layout support system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009119182A1
WO2009119182A1 PCT/JP2009/052656 JP2009052656W WO2009119182A1 WO 2009119182 A1 WO2009119182 A1 WO 2009119182A1 JP 2009052656 W JP2009052656 W JP 2009052656W WO 2009119182 A1 WO2009119182 A1 WO 2009119182A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
shared device
movement
evaluation index
unit
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2009/052656
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
喜樹 矢野
Original Assignee
ブラザー工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ブラザー工業株式会社 filed Critical ブラザー工業株式会社
Priority to JP2010505444A priority Critical patent/JPWO2009119182A1/en
Publication of WO2009119182A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009119182A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a system for supporting arrangement of shared devices, and more particularly to a technique for determining an optimum arrangement of shared devices by considering a movement history obtained by detecting the position of a user. is there.
  • shared devices such as facsimile machines, copiers, cutting machines, shredders, tea servers, and air conditioner remote controllers are installed.
  • the shared device is specifically arranged so that the moving distances of a plurality of users who use the shared device are reduced.
  • the shared device is installed in the corner of the room without considering the efficiency in its use, or is simply installed in the center of the room even if efficiency is considered. ing.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-133867 discloses an optimum arrangement analysis apparatus having an optimum arrangement degree calculation unit that calculates an optimum arrangement degree of a multifunction device based on a usage history collected from the multifunction device capable of executing a plurality of functions. . According to the technology disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is possible to analyze an optimal arrangement location in consideration of the operation frequency of each function of the multifunction peripheral.
  • the optimum arrangement degree is calculated based on the usage history (log) of the multifunction device.
  • devices such as the cutting machine, the shredder, and the tea server are generally used. There is no function to record the history, and it is impossible to obtain a record of how many times a user has used it.
  • a position detection method using a so-called active tag has been proposed. According to this position detection method, it is possible to detect the tag position in units of several tens of centimeters, for example. By holding such an active tag by a user of the shared device, it is possible to detect the position of the user and record a movement history.
  • the present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances, and the purpose of the present invention is to record the movement history of the user, and the movement associated with the use of the shared device for each user based on the movement history. And providing an optimal arrangement support system for shared devices that supports the installation of the shared devices based on the calculated amount of movement and the like.
  • the gist of the invention according to claim 1 for solving this problem is (a) a shared device arrangement support system for supporting determination of the installation position of a shared device, and (b) A position detection unit capable of detecting the positions of a plurality of users using the shared device, (c) a movement history recording unit for recording the movement history of the users detected by the position detection unit, and (d) ) A plurality of users selected according to a predetermined condition by extracting movements associated with the user using the shared device from the movement histories recorded by the movement history recording unit. To calculate the total amount of movement of the movement accompanying the use within a predetermined period set as an execution amount, and an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device based on the execution amount Calculate And having a actual allocation evaluation index computing unit.
  • the gist of the invention according to claim 2 is that information on movement of movement accompanying the use extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and each user who can use the shared device.
  • the shared device of the user within a preset predetermined period when the shared device is installed at a new installation position based on at least one of the total number of times of use within the preset predetermined period
  • There is a shared device arrangement support system having a predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit for calculating a predicted arrangement evaluation index.
  • the gist of the invention according to claim 3 is that (a) a use detecting unit that estimates or detects that the shared device is in use, and (b) the actual placement evaluation index calculating unit is When the use detection unit estimates or detects the use of the shared device, the movement history of the user is extracted on the assumption that the movement accompanying the use of the shared device has occurred.
  • the use detection unit has a predetermined use determination time in a pre-stored vicinity area of the shared device in the user's movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit. It is characterized in that it is determined that the shared device has been used when the above stay has occurred.
  • the use detecting unit may reciprocate with a pre-stored neighborhood area of the shared device in the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit. If there is, it is determined that the shared device has been used.
  • the shared device includes a human detection sensor that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device
  • the use detection unit includes the user detection sensor.
  • the shared device has an operation detection sensor that detects an operation of the shared device
  • the use detection unit is operated by the operation detection sensor.
  • the shared device has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device
  • the use detection unit is the operation recording unit.
  • the use of the shared device is determined on the basis of the operation history of the shared device recorded in the above.
  • the gist of the invention according to claim 9 is that: (a) a start / end point determination unit that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device; and (b) the actual placement evaluation index calculation
  • the movement unit records the movement history of the user using the shared device recorded by the movement history recording unit, from the start point determined by the start / end determination unit to the shared device, and from the shared device to the start / end point
  • the movement to the end point determined by the determination unit is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device.
  • the start / end point determination unit stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device of each of the users is not used, and (b) the A fixed position of a user of the shared device is determined as a start point and an end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device.
  • the start / end point determination unit is configured to set predetermined start / end points set in advance immediately before and immediately after use of the shared device in the movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit. It is characterized in that a place where there is a stay for more than the point determination time is determined as a start point and an end point.
  • the gist of the invention according to claim 12 is that the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is associated with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit.
  • a user who uses the shared device installed at the new installation position obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared device to each movement amount. It is characterized in that the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set as a predicted stroke amount is calculated as each of the movement amounts of movement accompanying the use.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is a movement amount of movement accompanying the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit.
  • the common device installed at the new installation position is used by adding and subtracting the distance of the shortest path that can actually move between the existing installation position and the new installation position of the shared device. It is characterized in that the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user is associated with the use.
  • the invention according to claim 14 is characterized in that the position of the start point and the end point in each of the movements associated with the use of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the shared It is characterized in that the predicted stroke amount is calculated by assuming that a straight line distance to a new installation position of the device is a distance of movement accompanying the use.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is configured so that each movement of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit is associated with the use.
  • the shortest distance that can actually move between the position of the start point and the end point and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that it is the distance of movement accompanying the use.
  • the prediction stroke amount calculated by the prediction stroke amount calculation unit is calculated.
  • an installation position determining unit that selects the smallest predicted stroke amount and determines the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount as the new installation position.
  • each position of a plurality of users who use the shared device is detected by the position detection unit, and the user is detected by the position detection unit.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit On the user's movement history recorded by the movement history recording unit by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit.
  • a movement history associated with use is extracted, and a total amount of movement amounts associated with the use within a predetermined period set by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition is calculated as an execution amount. Since the actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device is calculated based on the calculated execution amount, the installation position of the shared device is efficient.
  • Actual stroke amount which is an index for quantitatively representing the is calculated based on the position of the user detected by the position detecting unit.
  • the information about movement associated with the use and the shared equipment extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation section by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation section. Based on at least one of the total number of times of use in the preset predetermined period for each user that can be used, in the preset predetermined period when the shared device is installed at a new installation position
  • the total amount of movement by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition of the amount of movement associated with the use of the shared device by the user is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the calculated predicted stroke amount Since a predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device is calculated, it is determined whether the new placement position of the shared device is efficient.
  • the predicted stroke amount which is a quantitative index, is set in advance for each user using the shared device extracted by the position of the user detected by the position detection unit and the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. It is calculated based on the total number of times of use within the predetermined period.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit includes the use detection unit that estimates or detects that the shared device is in use, and the use detection unit.
  • the use detection unit is configured to store a predetermined area in the vicinity of the shared device stored in advance in the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit. When there is a stay for more than the usage determination time, it is determined that the shared device has been used. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the user has used the shared device based on the movement history of the user. .
  • the use detection unit is configured such that the user movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit is stored in the neighborhood area of the shared device stored in advance. Since it is determined that the shared device has been used when there is a reciprocal movement, it is possible to determine whether the user has used the shared device based on the movement history of the user.
  • the shared device has a human detection sensor that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device, and the use detection unit includes the human detection sensor.
  • the use detection unit includes the human detection sensor.
  • the shared device has an operation detection sensor for detecting an operation of the shared device, and the use detection unit is configured to detect the operation of the shared device by the operation detection sensor.
  • the use detection unit is configured to detect the operation of the shared device by the operation detection sensor.
  • the shared device has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device, and the use detection unit is recorded by the operation recording unit. Further, since the use of the shared device is determined based on the operation history of the shared device, for example, when the operation history is recorded by the operation recording unit, it can be determined that the shared device has been used.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit includes a start / end point determination unit that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device, and the movement Of the movement history of the user using the shared device recorded by the history recording unit, determined from the start point determined by the start / end determination unit to the shared device, and from the shared device to the start / end point determination unit Since the movement to the end point is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device, the movement accompanying the use of the shared device can be extracted from the movement history of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit. it can.
  • the start / end point determination unit stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device of each of the users is not used, and the shared device From the movement history of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit based on the predetermined fixed position, the fixed position of the user is determined as the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device. Movements associated with the use of the shared device can be extracted.
  • the start / end point determination unit is preset in the movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit, immediately before and after use of the shared device. Since the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time is determined as the start point and the end point, each user recorded by the movement history recording unit based on the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time The movement associated with the use of the shared device can be extracted from the movement history.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves in accordance with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. For each of the movement amounts, the value obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated by the user using the shared device installed at the new installation position. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set as a predicted stroke amount is calculated as each movement amount of the movement accompanying the use, the installation is performed when the shared device is installed at a new installation position.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the position is efficient, is newly calculated from the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, the conventional installation position of the shared device, and It can be calculated based on the straight line distance between the installation position.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves with the use of the user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit.
  • the common equipment installed at the new installation position is obtained by adding or subtracting the distance of the shortest path that can actually move between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared equipment. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user using the device is associated with the use, the shared device is set as a new installation position.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index which is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position is efficient when installed in the network, the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit and the shared device It can be calculated based on the between conventional installation position and the new setting position of the the actual distance of the movable shortest path.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves in accordance with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the straight line distance between the position of the start point and the end point in each of the above and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted stroke amount as the movement distance associated with the use, the shared device is The predicted placement evaluation index, which is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position is efficient when installed at the installation position, the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the user of the user It is possible to calculate based on the linear distance between the fixed position and the new installation position of the shared device.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves by the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the shortest distance that can actually move between the position of the start point and the end point in each of the above and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted travel amount as the distance of movement accompanying the use, When a shared device is installed at a new installation position, a predicted placement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient, a calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the The calculation can be performed based on the shortest distance that can be actually moved between the fixed position for each user and the new installation position of the shared device.
  • the predicted stroke amount calculation section when the shared equipment is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination section, the predicted stroke amount calculation section respectively Since the smallest predicted stroke amount is selected from among the plurality of calculated predicted stroke amounts, the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is determined as the new installation position.
  • the shared device is installed at a plurality of installation positions, it can be installed at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, the efficiency is good.
  • a heat ray sensor called a human sensor or an image sensor using a camera is used as the human detection sensor.
  • a voice sensor, a sound pressure sensor, a vibration sensor, or the like is used as the operation detection sensor.
  • the preset operation sound of the shared device and the operation sound that approximates its frequency, sound pressure, etc. are detected by the voice sensor, the sound pressure sensor, etc., or generated with the operation of the device.
  • vibration it is detected whether the shared device is operating, that is, whether the device is being used.
  • Shared device placement support system 16 Shared device 56: Position detection unit (positioning unit) 58 movement history recording unit 60: actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 66: start / end point determination unit 68: use detection unit 74: predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 114: use detection unit (human detection sensor, operation detection sensor) 117: Operation recording unit
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of a shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present invention.
  • a shared device 16 such as a printer is disposed in an indoor area 8 where furniture 18 such as a desk or a shelf is disposed.
  • a plurality of mobile stations 10 that are carried by each of the plurality of users, such as possessed by a plurality of users using the shared device 16, and a mobile station 10 that is transmitted from the mobile station 10.
  • a plurality of base stations 12 installed at known positions for receiving radio waves for position detection and calculating the reception results are shown, and a server 14 for performing necessary calculations is shown.
  • the server 14 and the plurality of base stations 12 are connected by a communication cable 20 so that information can be exchanged.
  • the base station 12 When not distinguished, it is referred to as a base station 12). However, as will be described later, if the base station is more than the minimum number of base stations necessary for positioning of the mobile station 10, the base station 12 The number is not limited to four.
  • a coordinate system is defined as shown in FIG. 1, and the positions of the mobile station 10, the base station 12, the shared device 16, and the desk 18 in the indoor area 8, and the shared device use determination described later are performed.
  • the position of an area such as the area 90 is expressed using, for example, common coordinates as shown in FIG.
  • region 8 is provided in the square shape of 12m square in a present Example, the magnitude
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram for explaining an overview of the functions of the mobile station 10.
  • the mobile station 10 includes an antenna 26, a mobile station radio unit 22, an electronic control device 23, and the like.
  • the electronic control unit 23 includes a so-called microcomputer having, for example, a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an input / output interface, and the like.
  • the CPU uses a temporary storage function of the RAM, and signals according to a program stored in the ROM in advance. By performing the processing, the processing in the mobile station control unit 24 described later is executed.
  • the mobile station radio unit 22 implements a so-called radio communication function, and transmits and receives radio waves using the antenna 26. For example, the mobile station radio unit 22 transmits radio waves including a spread code for calculating a correlation value to the base station 12. In addition, a radio wave including a command regarding the operation of the mobile station 10 transmitted from the base station 12 is received. The mobile station radio unit 22 generates a carrier wave having a predetermined frequency, modulates the carrier wave based on a signal transmitted by radio waves, performs a digital modulation, and outputs the modulated carrier wave to a predetermined output. It has a transmission amplifier to amplify.
  • the mobile station radio unit 22 is realized by a reception amplifier that amplifies the received wave received by the antenna 26, a filter that extracts only a predetermined frequency component from the received wave, a demodulator that performs demodulation by digital demodulation or a detector, and the like. Including receiving function.
  • so-called digital communication is preferably used as the wireless communication performed by the mobile station wireless unit 22, and therefore the mobile station wireless unit 22 includes a mechanism for modulation or demodulation necessary for the digital communication.
  • the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station radio unit 22 of the mobile station 10 includes, for example, a code for identifying the individual mobile station 10 in the header portion of the signal wave included in the radio wave, or by the individual mobile station 10 It is transmitted by a predetermined method such as transmitting different spreading codes. Therefore, the mobile station that has received the radio wave can identify the mobile station 10 from which the received radio wave is transmitted by analyzing the received radio wave according to the predetermined method.
  • the antenna 26 is used when the mobile station radio unit 22 transmits / receives radio waves, and an antenna suitable for the frequency of radio waves to be transmitted / received is used. Further, when the distance from the mobile station 10 is the same, the antenna 26 is omnidirectional with respect to at least the propagation direction of the radio wave so that the base station 12 having the same distance from the antenna 26 can receive the radio wave regardless of the direction from the mobile station 10. A suitable antenna is preferably used.
  • the mobile station control unit 24 is realized by the electronic control unit 23 and controls the mobile station radio unit 22. Specifically, for example, the mobile station control unit 24 performs transmission / reception switching, carrier frequency setting, and output setting in the transmission amplifier for the mobile station radio unit 22. The setting values in these controls are determined based on a result of communication with the base station 12, for example, based on a command transmitted from the base station 12. The mobile station control unit 24 also analyzes the instruction regarding the control operation of the mobile station 10 from the base station 12 by analyzing the contents of the radio wave received from the mobile station radio unit 22 and decoded. To do.
  • the mobile station control unit 24 reads out the spreading code transmitted by the mobile station 10 by radio waves, for example, by reading the spreading code stored from a storage means (not shown), or a predetermined generation method, for example, a predetermined primitive polynomial. Determine by generating based on.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram for explaining an outline of an example of the functions of the base station 12.
  • the base station 12 includes an antenna 36, a base station radio unit 32, an electronic control device 33, a clock 40, a communication interface 42, and the like.
  • the electronic control unit 33 includes a so-called microcomputer having a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an input / output interface and the like, for example, and the CPU is stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. By performing signal processing according to the program, processing in the reception time detection unit 38, the base station control unit 34, and the like is executed.
  • the base station radio unit 32 realizes a so-called radio communication function, and transmits and receives radio waves using the antenna 36.
  • the base station radio unit 32 transmits radio waves including a command for controlling the operation of the mobile station 10.
  • the base station radio unit 32 receives the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station 10 and passes the contents to a reception time detection unit 38, which will be described later, as necessary, to execute processing. That is, the base station radio unit 32 generates an oscillator that generates a carrier wave having a predetermined frequency, modulates the carrier wave based on a signal transmitted by radio waves, and performs a modulator that performs digital modulation and the like.
  • Demodulator having a transmission amplifier that amplifies the output, a reception amplifier that amplifies the received wave received by the antenna 36, a filter that extracts only a predetermined frequency component from the received wave, and demodulation by digital demodulation or a detector It is realized by a vessel.
  • so-called digital communication is preferably used for the wireless communication performed by the base station wireless unit 32, and thus the base station wireless unit 32 includes a mechanism for modulation or demodulation necessary for the digital communication.
  • the antenna 36 is used when the base station radio unit 32 transmits and receives radio waves, and an antenna suitable for the frequency of radio waves to be transmitted and received is used. Further, an antenna is provided so that radio waves can be received when the mobile station 10 exists at the same distance from the base station 12 regardless of the position of the mobile station 10, that is, the direction of the mobile station 10 viewed from the base station 12.
  • an antenna that is omnidirectional at least in the propagation direction of radio waves is preferably used.
  • the base station control unit 34 and the reception time detection unit 38 are realized by the electronic control unit 33.
  • the base station control unit 34 controls the base station radio unit 32. Specifically, for example, the base station control unit 34 performs transmission / reception switching, carrier frequency setting, transmission amplifier output setting, and the like for the base station radio unit 32. The setting values in these controls are determined based on the result of communication with the server 14 or the mobile station 10 described later.
  • the base station control unit 34 controls the reception time detection unit 38 to control the reception time detection execution and to request and acquire the reception time detection result output.
  • the base station control unit 34 analyzes the contents of the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station 10 that is received and decoded by the base station radio unit 32.
  • the base station control unit 34 analyzes the transmission content from the server 14 received by the communication interface 42 described later, and extracts a command related to the control operation of the base station 12. Furthermore, the base station control unit 34 transmits necessary information to other devices via a communication interface 42 and a base station radio unit 32 described later.
  • the reception time detection unit 38 calculates a correlation value between the spreading code included in the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 and the replica code of the spreading code. Specifically, the reception time detection unit 38 has the same replica code as the spreading code transmitted from the mobile station 10 in advance, and the spread code extracted from the received radio wave from the mobile station 10. By inputting the code (reception code) to the matched filter, the correlation value between them can be obtained.
  • the time indicating the peak of the correlation value is the radio wave reception time. Accordingly, the reception time is detected by obtaining the time indicating the peak of the correlation value from the clock 40 described later.
  • the clock 40 measures time, and is referred to when the reception time detection unit 38 detects reception time, for example.
  • Each base station 12 has its own clock, and their times are synchronized in advance.
  • the communication interface 42 performs information communication between the other base station 12 and the server 14 connected by the communication cable 20. Specifically, the reception time of the radio wave detected by the synchronization time detection unit 38 of the base station 12 and the information included in the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 are transmitted from the base station 12 to the server 14. A command or the like related to the operation of the base station 12 transmitted from 14 is received.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the configuration of the server 14.
  • the server 14 corresponds to the electronic control unit 48 that performs necessary arithmetic processing corresponding to the CPU, RAM, ROM, hard disk, etc., and reads information in accordance with instructions from the electronic control unit 48 or the like.
  • the storage device 50, the input / output interface 52, and the input / output interface 52 connected to the input / output interface 52, and the input device 53 such as a keyboard and a mouse for accepting an input operation from the user to the server 14 and the operation result by the server 14 are displayed.
  • a so-called computer including a communication interface 46 and the like.
  • the CPU stores a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM.
  • the signal processing can be performed according to
  • the communication interface 46 performs information communication with another base station 12, another server 14, or the shared device 16 through the communication cable 20, for example.
  • the communication interface 46 transmits, for example, a command related to the control operation of the base station 12 and information related to the position of the mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56 described later to the base station 12 from the server 14. For example, information related to the reception time of radio waves at the base station 12 is received.
  • the reception time of the radio wave at the base station 12 is detected by the reception time detection unit 38 as the reception time of the spread code transmitted from the mobile station 10.
  • FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram for explaining an outline of the functions of the electronic control device 48 of the server 14. This function is realized, for example, by executing a predetermined program in the server 14 of FIG.
  • the positioning unit 56 calculates the position of the mobile station 10 based on the time difference between the reception times of the radio waves from the mobile stations 10 detected by the four base stations 12 (TDOA (Time Difference of Arrival) method).
  • TDOA Time Difference of Arrival
  • the coordinates of the mobile station are (x, y), the coordinates indicating the position of the first base station 12A are (x B1 , y B1 ), the coordinates of the second base station 12B are (x B2 , y B2 ), and the third base
  • the coordinates of the station 12C are (x B3 , y B3 ) and the coordinates of the fourth base station 12D are (x B4 , y B4 )
  • the position of the mobile station is expressed by the following equation (1).
  • the coordinates of the base station 12 and the mobile station 10 are represented by a coordinate system defined as shown in FIG. 1, for example.
  • Tr 1 to Tr 4 (sec) are the reception times of radio waves at the first base station 12A to the fourth base station 12D, respectively, and Ts is the transmission time of radio waves at the mobile station 10, for example, from the mobile station 10 It is transmitted to the base station 12 by radio waves and obtained by the base station 12 receiving it.
  • Equation (1) is a simultaneous equation with x, y, and Ts as unknowns. If Ts is eliminated from the equation (1), the following equation (2) is obtained. By solving this equation (2), unknowns x and y are obtained. Specifically, the solution of equation (2), that is, the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated by using a solution method such as Newton's method.
  • a position detection system including the positioning unit 56, the mobile station 10, the base station 12, and the like corresponds to the position detection unit. As shown in the equations (1) and (2), when the mobile station 10 moves in a two-dimensional plane, it is necessary to receive radio waves from the mobile station 10 by at least three base stations 12. is there.
  • the positioning unit 56 calculates the positions of the plurality of mobile stations 10 so as to be identifiable.
  • the positioning unit 56 stores each of the plurality of mobile stations 10 in association with a mobile person who holds the mobile station 10 and moves, the mobile station 10 whose position has been calculated is the position of any user. Can be calculated.
  • FIG. 13 shows information associating the plurality of mobile stations 10 with users holding those mobile stations 10, and is an example of information stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 so that the positioning unit 56 can use the information, for example.
  • the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0001 which is information for identifying the mobile station 10 (tag)
  • Yamada the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0002.
  • the user is Suzuki, and the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0003 indicates that the user is Ueno.
  • Each user has his / her seat on one of the desks 18 arranged in the indoor area 8 shown in FIG.
  • the name shown on the desk in FIG. 1 indicates a user whose seat is a fixed position, that is, a seating position when the shared device 16 is not used.
  • Each of the users is seated at the position of the desk 18 as his / her seat and performs office work, for example.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the relationship of the expression (1).
  • FIG. 6 shows an arrangement different from the arrangement of base stations 12 in FIG.
  • r 1 to r 4 represent the distance between each of the first base station 12A to the fourth base station 12D and the mobile station 10, and correspond to the square root of the right side of each of the equations (1). It is. That is, the calculation of the solution of equation (1) is performed by using a circle with a radius r 1 centered on the first base station 12A, a circle with a radius r 2 centered on the second base station 12B, and a third base station 12C in FIG. circle of radius r 3 around the, and calculates the intersection of the circle of radius r 4 around the fourth base station 12D.
  • the expression (2) since the expression (1) is transformed into the expression (2), the expression (2) does not include Ts, and therefore, the transmission time of the radio wave at the mobile station 10 is required. Thus, the position of the mobile station 10 can be calculated.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the positioning unit 56 of the server 14.
  • step SA1 a positioning routine for calculating the position of the mobile station 10 is executed by the positioning unit 56, the mobile station 10, and the base station 12.
  • SA2 the position of the mobile station 10 calculated in SA1 is stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 as the position of the user.
  • the flowchart of FIG. 7 is repeatedly executed from SA1 again at a predetermined cycle. That is, the positioning unit 56 calculates the position of the mobile station 10 at a predetermined cycle.
  • the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated, then the position of the second mobile station 10B is calculated, and then the third mobile station 10 is calculated.
  • the position of the station 10C is calculated, and the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated again so that the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated again after a lapse of a predetermined period from the position calculation of the first mobile station 10A.
  • the position is calculated for each station 10.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining this positioning routine.
  • step (hereinafter, “step” is omitted) SB1 an instruction for performing positioning of the mobile station 10 is issued from the server 14 to each of the base stations 12.
  • This command is as follows: (1) A command for causing the mobile station 10 to transmit a radio wave for positioning to any one of the plurality of base stations 12 from the base station radio unit 32 of the base station 12 to the mobile station 10 (2) A radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received for each of the plurality of base stations 12, a reception time is detected, and the detected reception time is transmitted to the server 14. Including directives.
  • the command (1) is such that the server 14 does not have a function for transmission / reception of radio waves for wireless communication, so the command from the server 14 to the mobile station 10 is any base station 12.
  • the one base station 12 is, for example, a base station 12 that is arbitrarily selected.
  • each base station 12 stands by whether or not the SB1 command from the server 14 has been received.
  • the SB1 command from the server 14 that is, the commands (1) and (2) or only the command (2) is received
  • the determination at this step is affirmed and the subsequent SB4 is executed.
  • the SB1 command from the server 14 is not received, the determination at this step is denied, and the SB1 is repeatedly executed, and the process waits until the SB1 command from the server 14 is received.
  • the command (1) that is, a radio wave for positioning is transmitted to the mobile station 10 to any one of the plurality of base stations 12. It is determined whether or not a command for transmitting a command to transmit data from the base station radio unit 32 of the base station 12 to the mobile station 10 is included. In any one of the base stations 12 that has received the command (1), the determination in this step is affirmed, and the subsequent SB4 is executed. On the other hand, in the base station that has received only the command (2), the determination in this step is denied, and a radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received in SB6 described later.
  • SB4 is a step executed when the determination of SB3 is affirmed. Specifically, the instruction (1) is executed at the base station that has received the instructions (1) and (2) at SB2. Is done. That is, a command for causing the mobile station 10 to transmit a radio wave for positioning is transmitted to the mobile station 10 by radio, and after the transmission, a radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received. It is.
  • the mobile station 10 waits whether an instruction (SB4) for transmitting a radio wave for positioning is received.
  • SB4 an instruction for transmitting a radio wave for positioning
  • the determination in this step is affirmed, and the subsequent SB6 is executed.
  • SB5 is repeatedly executed to receive the command for transmitting the radio wave for positioning. Wait until
  • the mobile station 10 transmits radio waves for positioning.
  • the radio wave for positioning includes a spread code for detecting the reception time.
  • SB 7 corresponding to the base station radio unit 32 of each base station 12, it is determined whether or not a positioning radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 has been received. When a radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received, this determination is affirmed and the subsequent SB10 is executed. On the other hand, when the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 is not received, the determination of this step is denied and the following SB8 is executed.
  • SB8 it is determined whether or not the elapsed time from the start of reception of radio waves from the mobile station has exceeded a preset timeout time. If the elapsed time exceeds the timeout time, the determination in this step is affirmed and SB9 is executed. If the elapsed time does not exceed the time-out period, the determination in this step is denied and radio waves are continuously received from the mobile station 10.
  • the correlation value with the replica code is calculated, and the time when the correlation value reaches its peak is detected as the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10.
  • SB 12 it is determined whether information about the reception time of radio waves from mobile station 10 in each base station 12 has been transmitted from a predetermined number of base stations 12 or more and received by server 14. Is done.
  • This predetermined number is a number necessary for calculating the position of the mobile station 10 in the following SB15. For example, when the movement of the mobile station 10 is in a three-dimensional space, the predetermined number is four. If the information about the height of the mobile station 10 can be obtained by a height detection means (not shown) or the like even in a three-dimensional space.
  • the determination in this step is affirmed and the following SB15 is executed.
  • the determination of this step is denied and the following SB13 is executed.
  • SB13 it is determined whether or not the elapsed time since the instruction of SB1 has exceeded a preset timeout time. If the elapsed time exceeds the timeout time, the determination in this step is affirmed and SB14 is executed. If the elapsed time does not exceed the timeout time, the determination in this step is denied and information about the reception time from the base station 12 is continuously received.
  • reception times of radio waves from the mobile station 10 may be received from the number of base stations 12 necessary for calculating the position of the mobile station 10. If not, error handling is performed. Specifically, for example, information indicating that the calculation of the position of the mobile station 10 has failed is recorded.
  • the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated based on the information about the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 in each base station 12 received in the SB 12. . Specifically, by solving the equation (2) based on information about the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 in each base station 12 and information on the position of each base station 12 that is known in advance, The position of the mobile station 10 is calculated.
  • the movement history recording unit 58 records the position of each mobile station 10 that is repeatedly calculated by the positioning unit 56 at a predetermined cycle such as every several seconds together with the calculation time. 10 movement histories are recorded.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the recording of the movement history by the movement history recording unit 58.
  • a point P is a position for each time of a certain mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56, and a line 96 is generated by connecting a plurality of points P in the order corresponding to the passage of time. It is a movement history.
  • FIG. 10 is an enlarged view of a part of the movement history generated by FIG. 9 and illustrates a position method for generating the movement history by the movement history recording unit 58. As shown in FIG. 10, the position of mobile station 10 at time t 1 is point P 1 , the position of mobile station 10 at time t 2 is point P 2 , and the position of mobile station 10 at time t 3 is point P 3 .
  • the movement history recording unit 58 when calculated by the positioning unit 56, the movement history recording unit 58 generates a movement history 96 by connecting these points P 1 , P 2 and P 3 with straight lines, and records the information.
  • the movement history is generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 for each of the plurality of mobile stations 10.
  • the user's movement history 96 recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 is recorded for each time when positioning is performed. It may be recorded as coordinates.
  • the device position database unit 72 stores the position of the shared device 16. Specifically, for example, the position is measured in advance, and is input by the user in advance using the input device 53 of the server 14 and stored in the device position database unit 72 when the shared device arrangement support system 6 starts operating.
  • the mobile station 10 is attached to the shared device 16, the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated by the positioning unit 56, and the calculated position is stored in the device position database unit 72 as the position of the shared device 16. May be. More specifically, the area occupied by the shared device 16 in the indoor region 8 may be stored by storing the size of the shared device by the device position database unit 72. More specifically, the area occupied by the shared device 16 in the indoor region 8 may be stored by storing the size of the shared device by the device position database unit 72.
  • the use detecting unit 68 detects that the shared device 16 has been used based on the user's movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58. Specifically, for example, when the user stays in a shared device usage determination area 90 that is determined in the vicinity of the shared device 16 for a predetermined usage determination time, the shared device 16 is Judge that it was used.
  • the predetermined use determination time is, for example, a value calculated as the minimum value of the time required to use the shared device, and is predetermined for each type of the shared device 16.
  • the shared device usage determination area 90 is set as an area surrounding the area occupied by the shared device 16 with a predetermined width, for example, based on the information regarding the position of the shared device 16 stored in the device position database unit 72. For example, it is stored in the device position database unit 72.
  • the predetermined width is determined to be 1 m, for example, based on a position where the user can exist when the shared device 16 is used.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the use detecting operation by the use detecting unit 68.
  • a shared device use determination area 90 is set around the shared device 16.
  • FIG. 11A is an example of the shared device use determination area 90 provided so as to surround the shared device 16 with a predetermined width such as 1 m.
  • FIG. 11B is an example of the shared device use determination area 90 that is set in a circular shape centered on the shared device 16 and having the predetermined size and radius.
  • the shared device use determination area 90 is set in a semicircular shape centered on the shared device 16, which is a predetermined value such as the front of the shared device 16, for example.
  • the user who uses the shared device 16 is located on the predetermined direction side of the shared device 16, and therefore the shared device use determination area only in the predetermined direction. This is because 90 may be provided.
  • the usage detection unit 68 determines whether or not the user has stayed in the shared device usage determination area 90 for more than the predetermined usage determination time. Specifically, based on the movement history 96 stored by the movement history recording unit 58, the time t IN when the user first enters the shared device use determination area 90, that is, is located at PIN in FIG. from the shared device using the determination region 90 was located in the end, that is, calculates the time t OUT -t iN until time t OUT located to P OUT of FIG. When the time t OUT -t IN calculated in this way exceeds the predetermined usage determination time, it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used.
  • the sharing detection unit 68 is based on the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58 and based on any movement history 96 of the plurality of mobile stations 10. Based on whether the use of the device 16 is detected, the user of the shared device 16 is specified.
  • This shared device use determination area 90 corresponds to the vicinity area of the shared device 16.
  • the start / end point determination unit 66 is based on the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit 58. Movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, that is, the starting point in moving to the position of the shared device 16 for using the shared device 16 for which the use has been detected, and the original position after using the shared device 16, etc. Determine the end point for the return movement. Specifically, in the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58, immediately before the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, a stay exceeding a predetermined start / end point determination time is detected. The determined position is determined as the starting point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16.
  • a position where a stay of a predetermined start / end point determination time or more is detected immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68 is detected.
  • the end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 is determined.
  • the start point and the end point correspond to a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device is not used, and correspond to the seat of the user himself / herself in an office, for example.
  • the predetermined start / end determination time is set to a value that does not determine a stop or the like between the fixed position and the shared device 16 in which use is detected as the start point or the end point, for example, 20 minutes.
  • the retention means that a state where the moving distance per unit time is within a predetermined distance range continues for a predetermined time period.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the start or end point determination operation by the start / end point determination unit 66.
  • the movement amount d DE of the user and the movement amount d EF of the user corresponding to the distance between the point P E and the point P F are both less than the predetermined distance continue for the predetermined start / end determination time It is determined that the user has stayed, and if the stay is just before the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, the stay is determined to be a starting point of movement accompanying use. .
  • the movement amounts d BC , d CD , d DE , and d EF are not shown.
  • the predetermined distance is based on a moving speed at which a human can be determined to be stationary, for example, the unit time such as 0.2 m / s, that is, an interval time in which the position of the user is calculated. It is determined. Further, if the stay is immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, the stay is determined to be an end point of movement accompanying use.
  • the movement process extraction unit 62 moves according to the use of the shared device 16 determined by the start / end point determination unit 66. Based on the information about the starting point and the ending point, the travel history 96 is extracted from the travel history 96 generated and stored in the travel history recording unit 58, and the distance is calculated.
  • the movement process extraction unit 62 extracts the movement from the point P START to the point P END from the movement locus 96 as movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, and calculates the distance.
  • FIG. 9 shows that when the use of the shared device 16 is detected, and the point P START and the point P END are determined to be the start point and the end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, respectively,
  • the movement process extraction unit 62 extracts the movement from the point P START to the point P END from the movement locus 96 as movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, and calculates the distance.
  • the movement locus 96 is a point P corresponding to the position of the mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56 obtained by connecting a straight line
  • the point from the point P START distance movement locus 96 up to P END is obtained by summing the distances between points on the moving track 96, for example from the point P START to the point P END.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining an example of the distance of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extracting unit 62.
  • the movement process extraction unit 62 attaches a use number (use number) as a number for identifying the use.
  • the user who uses the shared device 16 for each use number is associated with the calculated movement distance (movement amount) and stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 or the like.
  • the total calculation unit 64 performs the calculation based on a preset condition out of the movement distances associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 in the preset use detection period.
  • the total of the distance of movement accompanying use of the plurality of selected users and the number of times of use for each of the plurality of users are calculated.
  • the preset use detection period is a period sufficient to calculate an actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device 16, and is a value set in advance such as one day or one week. It is.
  • the preset condition for selecting the plurality of users is, for example, that the usage frequency expected in advance is a predetermined value or more, and the usage frequency in a past fixed period is a predetermined value or more.
  • the use of a plurality of shared devices 16, and occupations that are frequently used such as workers.
  • the execution is the sum of the travel distances of the selected plurality of users in the use detection period. The amount is calculated and the number of uses for each user is calculated.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining the number of times the shared device 16 is used in the use detection period for each user calculated by the total calculation unit 64. As shown in FIG. 15, the total calculation unit 64 calculates and stores the number of uses of the shared device 16 for each user.
  • the actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60 calculates an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device 16, and includes the travel process extraction unit 62 and the total calculation unit 64. Based on the execution amount calculated by the total operation unit 64, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 specifically calculates, for example, the reciprocal of the execution amount associated with the use of the shared device 16. The actual placement evaluation index is calculated. In this case, the larger the actual placement evaluation index, the smaller the execution amount and the more efficient the placement.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 calculates an actual placement evaluation index for each of the plurality of shared devices 16.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation in the calculation control operation of the actual arrangement evaluation index in the actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60.
  • step (hereinafter, “step” is omitted) SC1
  • SC1 it is determined whether or not the predetermined use detection period has elapsed since the start of this flowchart.
  • the determination in this step is affirmed, and SC5 and subsequent steps are executed.
  • SC2 and subsequent steps are executed.
  • SC2 corresponding to the usage detection unit 68, it is determined whether or not the use of the shared device 16 is detected. Specifically, referring to the movement history 96, the use of the shared device 16 is detected based on whether or not the predetermined shared device usage determination area 90 has stayed for a predetermined usage determination time. If use of the shared device 16 is detected, the determination in this step is affirmed and SC3 is executed. When the use of the shared device 16 is not detected, the steps after SC1 are repeatedly executed, and the use of the device is detected again.
  • a start point and an end point of movement accompanying use of the shared device 16 whose use is detected in SC2 are determined.
  • the movement history 96 stays longer than a predetermined start / end determination time, that is, the amount of movement per unit time at a predetermined start / end determination time is within a predetermined distance.
  • the retention immediately before the use of the shared device 16 whose use has been detected in SC2 is determined as the start point of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16, and the shared device 16 whose use has been detected in SC2 is determined.
  • the dwelling immediately after the use of the shared device 16 is determined as the end point of the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16.
  • SC4 corresponding to the travel process extraction unit 62
  • the information is used in SC2 based on the information about the start point and the end point determined in SC3 and the information about the travel history 96 stored by the travel history recording unit 58.
  • the distance of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in which is detected is calculated.
  • SC5 corresponding to the total calculation unit 64 and the like is a step executed when the determination of SC1 is performed.
  • Use of a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition among the movement distances associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated in SC3 by repeatedly executing SC1 to SC4 for a predetermined use detection period The execution amount that is the sum of the distances of the movements associated with is calculated, and an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device 16 is calculated based on the calculated execution amount. Further, the number of uses of the shared device 16 for each user during the use detection period is calculated.
  • the information about the execution amount associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated in SC5 is stored in the movement distance database unit 76.
  • the flowchart of FIG. 16 may be executed in parallel with the flowchart of FIG. 7 corresponding to the positioning unit 56 described above, or the flowchart of FIG. 7 is executed only during the predetermined use detection period, and the movement history It may be executed after the movement history 96 is generated and stored by the recording unit 58.
  • the flowchart of FIG. 16 can be executed for each of the plurality of shared devices 16 when there are a plurality of shared devices 16. In this case, the flowchart of FIG. 16 can be executed in parallel for each of the plurality of shared devices 16.
  • the display control unit 84 causes the output device 54 of the server 14 to display information about the actual placement evaluation index calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display 86A displayed on the output device 54 of the server 14 by the display control unit 84.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 in this embodiment.
  • SD1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60
  • the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index.
  • the subsequent SD3 it is determined whether or not there is an input as to whether or not the operation of calculating the actual placement evaluation index is executed again by the operator. For example, when the calculated actual placement evaluation index is displayed in SD2, and the operator changes the position of the shared device 16, the actual placement evaluation of the shared device 16 after the operator changes the position. In order to calculate the index, a command to execute the actual placement index calculation operation again is issued by the input device 53 of the server 14 or the like. When this execution command is detected, the determination of this step is performed on the assumption that there is an input as to whether or not the operation of calculating the actual placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator, and SD1 and the subsequent steps are repeatedly executed. On the other hand, when this execution command is not detected, this flowchart is ended on the assumption that there is no input as to whether or not the operation for calculating the actual placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator.
  • the position of the mobile station 10 is detected by the positioning unit 56 as the respective positions of a plurality of users who use the shared device 16,
  • the user's movement history 96 detected by the positioning unit 56 is recorded by the movement history recording unit 58.
  • the shared device 16 is selected.
  • the movement of the user who has used the user is extracted, and is set in advance among the movement amount of the extracted movement in the predetermined period set in advance by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SD1).
  • SD1 actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60
  • the total amount of movement associated with the use of a plurality of users selected according to the selected condition is calculated as an execution amount, and the shared device 1 is based on the calculated execution amount. Since an actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device 16 is calculated, an execution amount that is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position of the shared device 16 is efficient is the position detection unit 56. Is calculated based on the position of the user detected by.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SD1) estimates or detects that the shared device 16 is used, that is, is in use. (SC2), and when the use detection unit 68 estimates or detects the use of the shared device 16, it is extracted from the movement history 96 of the user that the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 has occurred. Therefore, it is possible to detect the use of the shared device 16 without having a means for detecting the use of the shared device 16 or a means for notifying the server 14 that the use has been detected.
  • the calculation unit 60 can accurately extract the movement history associated with the use of the shared device 16 from the movement history of the user.
  • the use detection unit 68 (SC2) is located in the area near the shared device 16 stored in advance in the user movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58.
  • SC2 the use detection unit 68
  • the shared device usage determination area 90 stays for a predetermined usage determination time or longer, it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used. Therefore, the sharing by the user based on the movement history 96 of the user is determined. Whether or not the device 16 is used can be determined.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 includes the start / end point determination unit 66 (SC3) that determines the start point and the end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16.
  • SC3 start / end point determination unit 66
  • the shared device 16 To the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is extracted as the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, so that from the movement history 96 of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. Movements associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted.
  • the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 includes the start / end point determination unit 66 that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device 16, and the movement Of the movement history of the user using the shared device 16 recorded by the history recording unit 58, from the start point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 to the shared device 16, and from the shared device 16 to the start / end point Since the movement to the end point determined by the determination unit is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16, the movement history 96 of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 is used for the sharing device 16. Movements associated with use can be extracted.
  • the start / end point determination unit 66 (SC3) is set in advance in the movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, immediately before and after use of the shared device 16, respectively. Since the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time is determined as the start point and the end point, it is recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 based on the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time. In addition, the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted from the movement history of each user.
  • the server 14 includes a predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 (see FIG. 5).
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates information about the distance of movement for each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 and stored in the movement distance database unit 76, and the shared device 16. Based on the information about the new installation position candidate, a predicted arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared apparatus 16 when the shared apparatus 16 is installed at the position of the new installation position candidate is calculated. .
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of the operation of calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculating unit 74 in the present embodiment.
  • the calculation of the predicted placement evaluation index by the specific predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the installation position 16 of the shared device 16 (hereinafter referred to as a conventional installation position) at the time of execution of the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 and a new installation that is a position where the shared device 16 is to be moved and installed.
  • the shared device movement distance 102 with the position candidate 101 is calculated as 5 m, for example.
  • the shared device moving distance 102 is a linear distance between the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101. And the distance (refer FIG.
  • FIG. 20 shows the predicted value of the distance of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position candidate 101 calculated in this way for each use of the shared device.
  • the usage numbers in FIG. 20 correspond to the usage numbers in FIG.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates and calculates the sum of the predicted values of the distances of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the calculated new installation position candidate 101 as the predicted stroke amount. Based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, the predicted position index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment.
  • SE1 the distance of movement according to each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the actual index calculation unit 60, stored in the movement distance database unit (abbreviated as movement distance DB) 76, and Based on the shared device movement distance 102, a predicted movement distance calculation routine is executed in which a predicted value of the movement distance for each use of the shared device when a shared device is installed at the new installation position candidate 101 is executed. Is done.
  • a predicted stroke amount that is a sum of predicted movement distances for each use of the shared device 16 calculated in SE1 is calculated. Based on the calculated execution stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating placement is calculated.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining a predicted movement distance calculation routine executed in SE1.
  • the shared device moving distance 102 that is, the linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position candidate 101 is calculated.
  • a value obtained by doubling the shared device movement distance 102 calculated in SF1 is added to or subtracted from the movement distance associated with the use read in SF2. That is, as described above, when the new installation position candidate 101 is on the movement trajectory associated with the use in which the movement distance is read in SF2, a value obtained by doubling the shared apparatus movement distance 102 is subtracted. If the new installation position candidate 101 is not on the movement locus associated with the use of reading the movement distance in SF2, a value obtained by doubling the shared apparatus movement distance 102 is added.
  • SF2 and SF3 are executed for all the movements associated with the use of the shared device 16 extracted by the movement process extraction unit 62 in the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the predicted value of the movement distance associated with the use. Whether or not is calculated is determined.
  • the determination at this step is affirmed and the routine is terminated.
  • the determination of this step is denied, and in SF5, setting is made to execute the use for which SF2 and SF3 have not been executed yet. And SF2 and SF3 are repeatedly executed.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present embodiment.
  • SG1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60
  • the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index. This step is the same as SD1 in FIG.
  • information on the position of the new installation position candidate 101 of the shared device 16 is read.
  • the position of the new installation position candidate 101 is input by, for example, the input device 53 of the server 14 by the operator.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display 86B displayed on the output device 54 of the server 14 by the display control unit 84.
  • the information about the actual placement evaluation index and the information about the predicted placement evaluation index can be displayed so that they can be compared with the operator.
  • the subsequent SG5 it is determined whether or not there has been an input as to whether or not the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator. For example, in response to the predicted placement evaluation index calculated in SG3 being displayed in SG4, the position set by the operator as a new installation position candidate is changed, and the predicted placement evaluation is performed again for the new installation position candidate after the change.
  • a command for executing the operation for calculating the predicted placement index again is issued by the input device 53 of the server 14 or the like.
  • this execution command is detected, the determination of this step is performed on the assumption that the operation of calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the operator is performed again, and SG2 and the subsequent steps are repeatedly executed.
  • this execution command is not detected, this flowchart is ended on the assumption that there is no input as to whether or not the calculation operation of the predicted placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 moves with each use using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SG1).
  • the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position candidate 101 that is a new installation position based on the distance of the user, the user can use the shared device 16 within a preset predetermined use detection period.
  • a total for use by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and the arrangement of the shared device is evaluated based on the calculated predicted stroke amount Since the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated, the predicted stroke amount, which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the new installation position of the shared device 16 is efficient, is Position of the user detected by the detection unit, and the is calculated based on the distance of the movement of the user associated with their use for each use of the shared device to be extracted by the actual allocation evaluation index computing unit.
  • positioning evaluation index calculating part 74 uses the said user who used the said shared apparatus 16 extracted by the said real arrangement
  • the new installation position 101 is obtained by adding or subtracting the shared apparatus movement distance 102 which is a linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared apparatus 16 and the new installation position 101 to each of the movement amounts of the movement associated with Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance as the amount of movement of the user using the shared device 16 installed in the user is calculated as the predicted stroke amount,
  • a predicted arrangement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is used as the actual arrangement evaluation index. It can be calculated based on the calculation result of calculation portion 60 and the straight line distance 102 between the conventional installation position and the new installation position 101 of the shared device.
  • This example relates to another aspect of the use detecting unit 68.
  • the user based on the user's movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, the user enters the shared device usage determination area 90 that is predetermined as the vicinity of the shared device 16 in advance. The use of the shared device 16 was detected based on the fact that the user stayed longer than a predetermined use determination time.
  • the use detection unit 68 detects whether the user has made a reciprocating movement with the shared device 16 as a turning point based on the user's movement history 96, and the reciprocating movement has been performed. In this case, it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used.
  • the usage detection unit 68 first determines whether or not there is a location in the movement history 96 that has passed through the shared device usage determination area 90.
  • the shared device use determination area 90 is the same as that described in FIG. 11 described above.
  • the shared apparatus use determination area 90 is set as an area surrounding the area occupied by the shared apparatus 16 with a predetermined width, and is stored in, for example, the apparatus location database unit 72 It is. At this time, unlike the previous embodiment, the length of time that the user exists in the shared device use determination area 90 does not matter.
  • the detected stay position immediately before passing and the stay position immediately after passing are in the same position, or the distance between the stay position immediately before passing and the stay position immediately after passing is shorter than a predetermined distance.
  • a determination is made as to whether any of the positions that can be regarded as the same position is satisfied. In the example of FIG. 9, when it is determined that the stay position P START immediately before passing and the stay position P END immediately after passing are in the same position or can be regarded as the same position, Assuming that the user has made a reciprocating movement with the position of the shared device 16 turned back, it is detected that the user has used the shared device 16.
  • the usage detection unit 68 determines the pre-stored neighborhood area of the shared device 16 in the user movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, that is, the shared device usage determination. Since it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used when there is a reciprocating movement with the area 90, it is determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used by the user based on the movement history 96 of the user. Can do.
  • This example relates to the operation of the usage detector 68 in another mode.
  • the usage detection unit 68 detects whether the shared device 16 is used based on the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the usage detection unit 68 detects that the shared device 16 has been used based on the detection result by the usage detection unit 114 of the shared device 16.
  • FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the shared device 16 in the present embodiment.
  • a functional unit 116 is for demonstrating the function inherently possessed by the shared device 16.
  • the functional unit 116 is a part for realizing a printing function.
  • the usage detection unit 114 detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detection unit 114 is used, and there is a person at the position where the user exists when using the shared device 16. It is comprised including the human detection sensor which detects whether it does.
  • an area where the user can be located when using the shared device 16 is defined according to the type. Specifically, if the shared device 16 is a copier or a facsimile, the user usually operates the operation panel to set the original at a predetermined position. It is usual to stand at a position facing the facsimile. In other words, in the case of a copier or facsimile, the area where the user is located when using it is a certain area facing the copier or facsimile. The area where the user is located when using the shared device 16 varies depending on the type of the shared device 16.
  • the human detection sensor constituting the use detection unit 114 detects that the user exists in an area where the user can use the shared device 16 as described above, and the shared device is detected by performing the detection. 16 is used. A range in which the person detection sensor detects a person corresponds to the vicinity of the shared device 16.
  • the human detection sensor constituting the use detection unit 114 specifically, an ultrasonic sensor, an infrared sensor, an image sensor, or the like is used.
  • the human detection sensor is not limited to these ultrasonic sensors, infrared sensors, and image sensors, and any detection method can be used as long as it can detect whether a user is present in a predetermined area.
  • the means are not limited.
  • the communication interface 112 is for notifying the use detecting unit (see FIG. 5) of the server 14 that the use is detected when the use detecting unit 114 detects that the shared device 16 is used. .
  • the server 14 is notified that the shared device 16 has been used by communication via the communication cable 20 that is communicably connected to the communication interface 46 of the server 14.
  • the shared device 16 communicates as in the case where the shared device 16 is a printer having a network connection function, that is, a printer capable of receiving an instruction for printing by a computer connected via a network. If an interface is provided, the communication interface may be used.
  • the use detection unit 68 (see FIG. 5) of the server 14 is different from the above-described embodiment in that communication indicating that the use of the shared device 16 is detected is communicated from the shared device 16 via the communication cable 20, for example. It is detected that the use of the shared device 16 has been performed based on the information transmitted by. When it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used, for example, when the use of the shared device 16 is detected based on the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. Assuming that the user who is closest to the shared device 16 uses the shared device 16, the start / end point determination unit 66, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the like are operated.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart for explaining an example of a control operation for use detection in the shared device 16.
  • SH1 corresponding to the usage detection unit 114, based on whether or not the sensor constituting the usage detection unit 114 has detected that a user is present in an area where the shared device 16 can be used. Then, it is determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used. When the shared device 16 is used, the determination at this step is affirmed and SH2 is executed. On the other hand, if the shared device 16 is not used, SH1 is executed again, and it is repeatedly determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used.
  • SH2 corresponding to the communication interface 112
  • the fact that the use of the shared device 16 is detected in SH1 is transmitted from the shared device 16 to the server 14.
  • the shared device 16 includes the human detection sensor as the usage detection unit 114 that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device 16, and the usage detection unit 68 includes the human detection. Since it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used when a user is detected in the vicinity of the shared device 16 by the sensor, that is, in a region where the shared device 16 can be used, it is shared by the human detection sensor. Whether or not the shared device 16 is used can be determined based on whether or not there is a user near the device 16.
  • This example relates to another embodiment of the use detection unit 114 of the shared device 16.
  • the shared device 16 has the same configuration as that shown in FIG.
  • the usage detection unit 114 in this embodiment detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detection unit 114 is used, and the operation of the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is used. It comprises an operation detection sensor for detecting.
  • a specific operation sound for example, an operation sound of a specific frequency or a specific sound pressure may be generated.
  • the operation detection sensor in the present embodiment is a sensor that detects a phenomenon unique to the operation of the shared device 16, and the shared device 16 is used by detecting a phenomenon unique to the operation of the shared device 16. Detect that.
  • the use detection sensor that constitutes the use detection unit 114, specifically, a voice sensor, a sound pressure sensor, or the like is used.
  • the use detection sensor is suitable for a phenomenon that occurs when the shared device is operated, and is not limited to the above-described voice sensor, sound pressure sensor, and the like.
  • a power meter, an ammeter, or the like may be used.
  • the control operation for detecting the use of the shared device 16 in the present embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG.
  • the shared device 16 includes an operation detection sensor as the use detection unit 114 that detects the operation of the shared device 16, and the use detection unit 68 is detected by the operation detection sensor.
  • the use detection unit 114 detects the operation of the shared device 16
  • the use detection unit 68 is detected by the operation detection sensor.
  • This example relates to another embodiment of the use detection unit 114 of the shared device 16.
  • the shared device 16 has the same configuration as that shown in FIG.
  • the functional unit 116 in this embodiment includes an operation recording unit 117 that records information related to an operation history (log) of the functional unit 116.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining an example of information recorded as the operation history by the operation recording unit 117.
  • the shared device 16 can be output from, for example, a plurality of computers connected via a network. It is an example of the operation
  • the usage detector 114 detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detector 114 is used, and the shared device 16 uses it based on the operation history recorded by the operation recording unit. It is detected that Specifically, when there is usage within the preset usage detection period in the work history, it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used.
  • the information about the user of the shared device 16 when information about the user of the shared device 16 is recorded in the operation history, in addition to the information that the use of the shared device 16 has been detected, The information about the user may be notified to the use detection unit 68 of the server 14 through the communication interface 112, or only the information that the use of the shared device 16 is detected is sent to the communication interface 112. Via the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 in the same manner as in the previous embodiment, for example, the use of the shared device 16 is detected. At this time, the user who is closest to the shared device 16 may use the shared device 16.
  • the functional unit 116 of the shared device 16 has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device 16, and the usage detection unit 114 is operated by the operation recording unit.
  • the operation history of 16 is recorded, it is determined that the shared device 16 is used. Therefore, based on the operation history recorded by the operation recording unit, it is determined whether the shared device 16 is used. can do.
  • the present embodiment relates to another embodiment of the start / end point determination unit 66.
  • the start / end point determination unit 66 has a predetermined predetermined value immediately before use is detected by the use detection unit 68 in the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58.
  • a position at which staying longer than the start / end determination time is detected is determined as the start point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 and immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, a predetermined start / end point set in advance is determined. The position where the stay for the determination time or longer was detected was determined as the end point of the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16.
  • the start / end point determination unit 66 is based on information about a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device 16 is not used for a plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70. Thus, the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 are determined.
  • the seat arrangement database unit 70 stores information about a fixed position that is a steady position when the shared device 16 is not used for a plurality of preset users. That is, in a general office environment, each of the plurality of users has an assigned seat, and when the shared device 16 is not in use, the user is often seated in the assigned seat.
  • the assigned seat position corresponds to the home position.
  • FIG. 28 is an example of information about the fixed positions of the plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70.
  • the start / end determining unit 66 determines the home position of the user who has made the detected use from the information stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70. Read and the read home position are set as the start point and the end point of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16.
  • the start point or the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is not on the movement trajectory 96, a point on the movement trajectory 96 closest to the start point or the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is determined. The start point or the end point may be used.
  • the seat arrangement database unit 70 stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device 16 of each of the users is not in use, and the start / end point determination unit 66 Since the fixed position of the user of the shared device is determined as the start point and end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 based on the predetermined fixed position.
  • the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted from the movement history 96.
  • This embodiment relates to another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
  • the furniture 18 such as a desk or a shelf is arranged in the indoor area 8 to which the shared device arrangement support system of the present invention is applied, and the indoor area 8 is surrounded by walls on all sides. (See FIG. 1). That is, when the user moves when using the shared device 16, the user moves the area without the furniture 18 in the indoor area 8.
  • the server 14 has an arrangement information database unit 78.
  • the arrangement information database unit 78 information about the position and size of the indoor area 8 and information about the position and size of the furniture 18 arranged in the indoor area are stored.
  • Information on the position and size of the indoor area 8 and information on the position and size of the furniture 18 are input to the server 14 by being measured in advance by an operator.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example of information stored in the arrangement information database unit 78. As shown in FIG. 29, a portion that is not the indoor region 8 and a portion corresponding to the furniture 18 arranged in the indoor region 8 are hatched, and are stored as a non-passage region 93 in which the user cannot move. Yes. On the other hand, a portion of the indoor area 8 where the furniture 18 does not exist is stored as a passage area 92 where the user can move.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates information about the distance of movement for each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 and stored in the movement distance database unit 76, and the shared device 16. Based on the information about the new installation position candidate, a predicted arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared apparatus 16 when the shared apparatus 16 is installed at the position of the new installation position candidate is calculated. .
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining an example of a predicted placement evaluation index calculation operation by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and corresponds to FIG. 19 described above.
  • the calculation of the predicted placement evaluation index by the specific predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the shared device moving distance 103 is calculated. This shared device movement distance 103 is the distance of the shortest route among the actually movable paths between the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101.
  • the shared device moving distance 103 is a route connecting the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101, and a route connecting in the passage area 92 stored in the arrangement information database unit 78. It is obtained by calculating a plurality of distances and calculating each distance and then selecting a route having the shortest distance.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 sets the sharing to the distance of movement accompanying the use (see FIG. 14) for each use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period.
  • a value obtained by doubling the device movement distance 103 is added and subtracted, and this is calculated as a movement distance associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position candidate 101.
  • the path connecting the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101 does not overlap with the movement trajectory 96 associated with the use of the shared device 16 as shown in FIG. Is added to a value obtained by doubling the shared device moving distance 103.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates and calculates the sum of the predicted values of the distances of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the calculated new installation position candidate 101 as the predicted stroke amount. Based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, the predicted position index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
  • each of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 determines the amount of movement of the user accompanying the use of the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60.
  • a value obtained by adding or subtracting the distance 103 of the shortest path that can actually move between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position 101 is the shared device installed at the new installation position 101. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user using the user 16 is associated with the use, the shared device 16 is newly installed.
  • a predicted placement evaluation index which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the placement position is efficient when installed at the position 101 It can calculated based on a distance 103 of actual movable shortest path between a traditional installation position and the new installation position 101 of the shared devices and fruits.
  • This embodiment relates to another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs each movement amount of the movement associated with the use of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60.
  • the shared device installed at the new installation position 101 is obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position 101 or the distance of the shortest path that can actually be moved.
  • the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance was calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts associated with the use of the user who used 16 was.
  • information on the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period determined by the start / end point determination unit 66, and the new installation position 101 Based on the information about the position, the amount of movement of the user using the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position 101 is calculated, and the movement amount associated with the use is calculated within a preset predetermined period. The total amount of movement is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates a predicted placement evaluation index as follows. First, for each use of the shared device 16 that is the target of the actual placement evaluation index calculation by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, information on the start point and end point positions determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is obtained. Read out. Then, the total of the distance of the straight line connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and the distance of the straight line connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point is determined by the shared device 16 as the new position. It is calculated as the distance of movement accompanying use when installed at the installation position 101.
  • the total of the calculated distances of movement associated with each use is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of is calculated.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and the shared device 16 subjected to the calculation of the actual placement evaluation index by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. It is the figure which paid its attention about one of use of.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the above-described case of being installed at the new installation position 101.
  • the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 is calculated to be twice the distance of the straight line 105 connecting the point 106 and the new installation position 101. This is executed for each use of the shared device 16 for which the actual placement evaluation index is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the sum is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the start and end points for each movement associated with the use of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the straight line distance between the position of the start point and the end point determined by the determination unit 66 and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16 is calculated as the predicted stroke amount as the movement distance associated with the use, When the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position, a predicted placement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index computation unit 60. The calculation can be made based on the linear distance between the fixed position for each user of the user and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16.
  • the present embodiment relates to still another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
  • information on the position of the start and end points of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period determined by the start / end point determination unit 66, and the new installation position 101 Based on the information about the position, the total of the distance of the straight line connecting the start point and the new installation position 101 and the distance of the straight line connecting the new installation position 101 and the end point is set at the new installation position 101. It calculated as each of the movement amount of the movement accompanying the use of the user who used the shared device 16, and the total of the movement amount within a preset predetermined period was calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position 101 is set to the shortest path distance among the actually movable paths connecting the start point and the new installation position 101. Is calculated as the amount of movement of the user accompanying the use, and the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates a predicted placement evaluation index as follows. First, for each use of the shared device 16 that is the target of the actual placement evaluation index calculation by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, information on the start point and end point positions determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is obtained. Read out. Then, a route connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and a route connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point are calculated, and the sum of the distances of the respective routes is the shared device. 16 is calculated as the distance of movement associated with use when installed at the new installation position 101.
  • the total of the calculated distances of movement associated with each use is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of is calculated.
  • the distance between the path connecting the start position and the new installation position 101 and the path connecting the new installation position 101 and the end position are stored in the arrangement information database unit 78, for example. After calculating a plurality of each of the path connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and the path connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point in the passage area 92, and calculating the respective distances, It is obtained by selecting the route with the shortest distance.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and the shared device 16 subjected to the calculation of the actual placement evaluation index by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. It is the figure which paid its attention about one of use of.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the above-described case of being installed at the new installation position 101.
  • the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 is calculated to be twice the distance of the route 104 connecting the point 106 and the new installation position 101 in the passage area 92. This is executed for each use of the shared device 16 for which the actual placement evaluation index is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the sum is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the start and end for each movement of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 according to the use.
  • the prediction process is based on the assumption that the shortest distance 104 that can be actually moved between the position of the start point and the end point determined by the point determination unit 66 and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16 is the distance of movement associated with the use. Since it is calculated as a quantity, when the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position, a predicted arrangement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is used as the actual arrangement evaluation index. Based on the calculation result by the calculation unit 60 and the shortest distance that can actually move between the fixed position for each user of the user and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16. It can be calculated.
  • This example relates to another embodiment of the operation of the shared device arrangement support system 6 including the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
  • the control operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index for one of the new installation position candidates and displaying the result is performed.
  • the candidate position determination unit 80 that determines a plurality of new installation position candidates and the plurality of new installation positions based on the predicted placement evaluation index calculated for each of the plurality of new installation positions.
  • an installation position determination unit 82 that determines a position where the shared device 16 is installed from among the installation positions.
  • the candidate position determination unit 80 determines a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16. Specifically, for example, the candidate position determination unit 80 sets each of the points that are equally spaced in the direction orthogonal to each other in the indoor region 8 as a new installation position candidate. Further, when the shared device 16 is installed on the floor surface, for example, information on an area occupied by an arrangement such as the fixture 18 stored in the arrangement information database unit 78, that is, information on the non-passage area 83 is included. Based on this, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 is determined to be an area other than the non-passage area 83.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining an example of an operation for determining a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 by the candidate position determination unit 80.
  • the candidate position determination unit 80 in the indoor region 8, is occupied by the fixture 18 among points that are equally spaced at predetermined intervals in the x-axis direction and the y-axis direction (see FIG. 1).
  • the positions of the points excluding the points existing in the area are determined as new installation position candidates 120 of the shared device 16.
  • the installation position determination unit 82 uses the predicted layout evaluation index calculated by the predicted layout evaluation index calculation unit 74 for each of a plurality of new installation position candidates of the shared device 16 determined by the candidate position determination unit 80. Based on the value, specifically, in the present embodiment, the candidate for the new installation position with the largest value of the predicted placement evaluation index is determined as the position for installing the shared device 16.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index is the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount that is the sum of the distances of movement of each use of the shared device 16 during the use detection period, so the predicted placement evaluation index is large. This is because the predicted stroke amount is small, that is, the distance of movement accompanying use is small.
  • the installation position determination unit 82 The position of the device 16 is determined to be a position for installing the shared device 16.
  • FIG. 33 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 in this embodiment.
  • SJ1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60
  • the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index. This step is the same as SD1 in FIG.
  • a plurality of candidates for a new installation position of the shared device 16 are determined. As described above, the plurality of candidates are provided in a lattice pattern at equal intervals in the indoor space 8.
  • the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined in SJ2. Specifically, the operation in this step is such that the above-described flowchart of FIG. 21 is executed for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16.
  • the shared device 16 is installed based on the predicted placement evaluation index value for each of the plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 calculated in SJ3.
  • the position for is determined. Specifically, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 for which the predicted placement evaluation index has the largest value is determined as a position for installing the shared device 16.
  • SJ5 corresponding to the display control unit 84, the position for installing the shared device 16 determined in SJ4 is displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14, or the like.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14 in step SJ5.
  • the display 86 ⁇ / b> C shows the indoor area 8
  • the position for arranging the shared device 16 in the indoor area 8 determined in SJ ⁇ b> 4 is displayed by a black dot 87.
  • the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination unit 82, a plurality of pieces calculated by the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74, respectively.
  • the predicted stroke amount having the largest value, that is, the predicted stroke amount being the smallest is selected, and the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is the new Therefore, it is possible to install the shared device 16 at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of installation positions.
  • This example relates to another embodiment of the operation of the shared device arrangement support system including the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 is executed after the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SG1 or SJ1) is executed as shown in FIG. 23 or 33 (SG3 or SJ3), for example.
  • a predicted distance is calculated for the movement distance associated with the use, and the predicted amount Was calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
  • the server 14 includes an initial information database unit 81 that stores an initial setting value of the number of times the shared device 16 is used in a period corresponding to the use detection period of each of a plurality of users.
  • the evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates the predicted stroke amount and the predicted placement evaluation index using the initial use value of each of the plurality of users stored in the initial information database unit. Therefore, the shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present embodiment executes the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 without executing the actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60 before the execution of the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74. Can do.
  • the initial information database unit 81 a plurality of users who use the shared device 16 are selected according to a predetermined condition, and in a period corresponding to the use detection period of the shared device 16 of the selected users.
  • the initial use value of the shared device 16 is stored.
  • the initial set value of the number of times of use is set and input in advance by an operator or the like in consideration of the respective duties of the user, for example.
  • the predetermined condition for selecting the plurality of users is, for example, that a predicted usage frequency is a predetermined value or more, a usage frequency in a past fixed period is a predetermined value or more, a plurality of conditions Use of the shared device 16, and a job type such as an operator who often goes around. It should be noted that all persons who have seats in the room where the shared device 16 is installed can be selected.
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example of the use count initial setting value for each user stored in the initial information database unit 81.
  • the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 includes information on the initial use value stored in the initial information database unit 81 and the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined by the candidate position determination unit 80. Based on the information on the candidates and the information on the respective fixed positions of the plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70, the predicted stroke amount and the predicted arrangement evaluation index are calculated.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 stores information about the fixed positions stored in the seat placement database unit 70 and the initial information database unit 81 for each of the plurality of users. Further, information on the use count initial setting value, which is the number of uses in the period corresponding to the use detection period, is read. Then, for each of the users, the distance between the fixed position and a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 is calculated, and further multiplied by the use count initial setting value. This is executed for each of the plurality of users, and the sum of the values calculated for each of the users is calculated.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index computing unit 74 of the present embodiment, and corresponds to FIG. 21 in the above-described embodiment.
  • a value obtained by doubling the distance between the new installation position candidate of the shared device 16 determined in SK1 and the user's home position read in SK2 is the shared device of the user.
  • 16 is installed at a new installation position, it is calculated as the distance of movement associated with one use of the shared device 16.
  • SK4 information about the user's use count initial setting value is read from the initial information database unit 81, and the read use count initial setting value and the shared device 16 calculated in SK3 are used.
  • the shared device when the user installs the shared device 16 as a candidate for the new installation position in a period corresponding to the use detection period by multiplying the distance of movement associated with one use. The total amount of movement associated with the use of 16 is calculated.
  • SK5 it is determined whether or not the steps SK2 to SK4 have been executed for all the selected users.
  • the determination at this step is affirmed and SK7 is executed.
  • the determination of this step is denied, and the use that has not yet been subjected to the steps SK2 to SK4 in SK6. A person is selected and steps SK2 to SK4 are executed.
  • SK7 movement of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is installed at the new installation position candidate calculated in SK4 for each of the selected users.
  • the total sum of the values of the quantities is calculated as the predicted stroke quantity.
  • the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 using the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, corresponding to FIG. 33 in the above-described embodiment. It is.
  • SL1 information on the use count initial setting value, which is a value corresponding to the use count in a period corresponding to the use detection period for each of the plurality of users, stored in the initial information database unit 78, is provided. Read out.
  • SL2 corresponding to the candidate position determination unit 80, a plurality of candidates for a new installation position of the shared device 16 are determined. As shown in FIG. 32 described above, the plurality of candidates are provided in a lattice shape at regular intervals in the indoor space 8, for example.
  • the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined in SL2. Specifically, the operation in this step is such that the above-described flowchart of FIG. 36 is executed for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16.
  • the shared device 16 is installed based on the predicted placement evaluation index value for each of the plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 calculated in SL3.
  • the position for is determined. Specifically, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 for which the predicted placement evaluation index has the largest value is determined as a position for installing the shared device 16.
  • SL5 corresponding to the display control unit 84, the position for installing the shared device 16 determined in SL4 is displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14, or the like. This display is performed, for example, as shown in the display 86C in FIG.
  • the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination unit 82, a plurality of pieces calculated by the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74, respectively.
  • the predicted stroke amount having the largest value, that is, the predicted stroke amount being the smallest is selected, and the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is the new Therefore, it is possible to install the shared device 16 at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of installation positions.
  • the predicted placement evaluation index can be calculated without calculating the actual placement evaluation index.
  • the positioning unit 56 receives the radio waves transmitted by the mobile station 10 by the plurality of base stations 12 and based on the reception times as reception results at the plurality of base stations 12.
  • the present invention is not limited to this mode.
  • a plurality of base stations 12 receive radio waves transmitted by the mobile station 10 with a predetermined output, and the reception intensity is detected as reception results.
  • the distance between the mobile station 10 and each of the plurality of base stations 12 is calculated based on the reception intensity of the radio wave and the relationship between the radio wave reception intensity stored in advance and the propagation distance of the radio wave. May be calculated.
  • the radio waves for positioning are transmitted from the mobile station 10 and received by the plurality of base stations 12, and the positioning unit 56 is based on the respective reception results at the plurality of base stations 12.
  • the present invention is not limited to such a mode.
  • the mobile station 10 receives a radio wave for positioning transmitted from each of the plurality of base stations 12 to the mobile station 10 to calculate a reception result, and based on the reception result, the positioning unit 56 The position of the mobile station 10 can be calculated.
  • a large number of base stations 12 are arranged in, for example, a lattice pattern, radio waves transmitted from the mobile station 10 are received by the large number of base stations 12, and the reception intensity thereof is measured.
  • the position of the mobile station 10 can also be measured by a so-called zone detection method in which the position of the base station 12 receiving the radio wave from the radio station 10 having the strongest reception intensity is the position of the mobile station 10.
  • the arrangement intervals of the base stations 12 arranged in the lattice shape are determined based on the positioning accuracy required when calculating the position of the mobile station 10.
  • the server 14 and the base station 12 are connected via the communication cable 20 so as to be able to perform information communication.
  • this communication is not limited to wired communication but may be wireless communication.
  • the start and end point determination unit 66 determines the start and end points of movement as movement accompanying use of the shared device 16, and from the start point to the shared device 16 and from the position of the shared device 16 to the end point.
  • the distance required for the reciprocating movement up to is calculated, but only the starting point or the ending point is selected, and the so-called one-way moving distance between the starting point or the ending point and the shared device 16 is calculated.
  • the execution stroke amount and the predicted stroke amount may be calculated.

Abstract

Provided is an optimal layout support system (6) of a shared device (16) which supports installation of the shared device. The system comprises a positional detection part (56) which is capable of respectively detecting the positions of a plurality of users who use the shared device, a movement history recording part (58) which records the movement histories of the users detected by the positional detection part (56), and an actual layout evaluation index arithmetic part (60) which extracts movements along with the uses by the user having used the shared device out of the movement histories of the users recorded by the movement history recording part (58), computes the total sum relative to selected users and use of the movement quantity of the movements along with the extracted use within a predetermined period set in advance as an actual distance, and computes an actual layout evaluation index for evaluating the layout of the shared device on the basis of the actual distance.

Description

共有機器の配置支援システムShared device placement support system
 本発明は、共有機器の配置の支援を行なうシステムに関するものであり、特に、使用者の位置を検出することによって得られる移動履歴を考慮することにより共有機器の最適配置を決定する技術に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a system for supporting arrangement of shared devices, and more particularly to a technique for determining an optimum arrangement of shared devices by considering a movement history obtained by detecting the position of a user. is there.
 事務所(オフィス)においては、ファクシミリ、コピー機、裁断機、シュレッダ、ティーサーバー、空調のリモコン等の複数の使用者によって共有される共有機器が設置される。かかる共有機器は、全体の効率がよくなるように、具体的には例えば前記共有機器を使用する複数の使用者のそれぞれの移動距離が小さくなる様に配置されることが望ましい。 In the office (office), shared devices such as facsimile machines, copiers, cutting machines, shredders, tea servers, and air conditioner remote controllers are installed. In order to improve the overall efficiency, it is desirable that the shared device is specifically arranged so that the moving distances of a plurality of users who use the shared device are reduced.
 しかしながら、従来においては共有機器はその使用における効率を考慮することなく例えば部屋の隅に設置されたり、あるいは効率が考慮される場合であっても、単純に部屋の中央に設置するという程度にとどまっている。 However, in the past, the shared device is installed in the corner of the room without considering the efficiency in its use, or is simply installed in the center of the room even if efficiency is considered. ing.
 特許文献1においては、複数の機能を実行可能な複合機から収集した使用履歴などに基づいてその複合機の最適配置度を算出する最適配置度算出部を有する最適配置分析装置が開示されている。特許文献1に開示の技術によれば、複合機の各機能の操作頻度を考慮して最適な配置場所を分析することができる。 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-133867 discloses an optimum arrangement analysis apparatus having an optimum arrangement degree calculation unit that calculates an optimum arrangement degree of a multifunction device based on a usage history collected from the multifunction device capable of executing a plurality of functions. . According to the technology disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is possible to analyze an optimal arrangement location in consideration of the operation frequency of each function of the multifunction peripheral.
特開2004-289642号公報JP 2004-289642 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1の技術においては、前記最適配置度は前記複合機の使用履歴(ログ)に基づいて算出されるところ、例えば前述の裁断機、シュレッダー、ティーサーバなどのような機器は一般に使用履歴を記録する機能がなく、何れの使用者が何回使用したかなどの記録を得ることができない。 However, in the technique of Patent Document 1, the optimum arrangement degree is calculated based on the usage history (log) of the multifunction device. For example, devices such as the cutting machine, the shredder, and the tea server are generally used. There is no function to record the history, and it is impossible to obtain a record of how many times a user has used it.
 ところで、いわゆるアクティブタグなどを用いた位置検出方法が提案されている。かかる位置検出方法によれば、例えば数十センチなどの単位でタグの位置検出を行なうことが可能である。かかるアクティブタグが前記共有機器の使用者によって所持されることにより、使用者の位置の検出を行い、移動履歴を記録することが可能である。 Incidentally, a position detection method using a so-called active tag has been proposed. According to this position detection method, it is possible to detect the tag position in units of several tens of centimeters, for example. By holding such an active tag by a user of the shared device, it is possible to detect the position of the user and record a movement history.
 本発明は以上の事情を背景としてなされたものであり、その目的とするところは、使用者の移動履歴を記録し、該移動履歴に基づいて各使用者毎の共有機器の使用に伴う移動についての情報を算出するとともに、算出された移動量などに基づいて前記共有機器の設置を支援する共有機器の最適配置支援システムを提供することにある。 The present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances, and the purpose of the present invention is to record the movement history of the user, and the movement associated with the use of the shared device for each user based on the movement history. And providing an optimal arrangement support system for shared devices that supports the installation of the shared devices based on the calculated amount of movement and the like.
 かかる課題を解決するための請求項1にかかる発明の要旨とするところは、(a)共有機器の設置位置を決定することを支援するための共有機器の配置支援システムであって、(b)該共有機器を使用する複数の使用者の位置をそれぞれ検出可能な位置検出部と、(c)該位置検出部によって検出される前記使用者の移動履歴を記録する移動履歴記録部と、(d)前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記使用者の移動履歴のうち、前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動を抽出し、予め定められた条件により選択された複数の使用者による、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用に伴う移動の移動量の総和を実行程量として算出し、該実行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標を算出する実配置評価指標演算部とを有することを特徴とする。 The gist of the invention according to claim 1 for solving this problem is (a) a shared device arrangement support system for supporting determination of the installation position of a shared device, and (b) A position detection unit capable of detecting the positions of a plurality of users using the shared device, (c) a movement history recording unit for recording the movement history of the users detected by the position detection unit, and (d) ) A plurality of users selected according to a predetermined condition by extracting movements associated with the user using the shared device from the movement histories recorded by the movement history recording unit. To calculate the total amount of movement of the movement accompanying the use within a predetermined period set as an execution amount, and an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device based on the execution amount Calculate And having a actual allocation evaluation index computing unit.
 また、請求項2にかかる発明の要旨とするところは、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記使用に伴う移動の移動についての情報、および、前記共有機器を使用しうる使用者ごとの前記予め設定された所定期間内における使用回数の総和の少なくとも1つに基づいて、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合における、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用者の前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動量の、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による使用についての総和を予測行程量として算出し、該予測行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標を算出する予測配置評価指標演算部を有する共有機器の配置支援システムにある。 Further, the gist of the invention according to claim 2 is that information on movement of movement accompanying the use extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and each user who can use the shared device. The shared device of the user within a preset predetermined period when the shared device is installed at a new installation position based on at least one of the total number of times of use within the preset predetermined period To calculate the total amount of movements associated with the use of a plurality of users selected according to preset conditions as a predicted stroke amount, and to evaluate the arrangement of the shared devices based on the predicted stroke amount There is a shared device arrangement support system having a predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit for calculating a predicted arrangement evaluation index.
 また、請求項3にかかる発明の要旨とするところは、(a)前記共有機器が使用状態であることを推定もしくは検出する使用検出部を有し、(b)前記実配置評価指標演算部は、該使用検出部が前記共有機器の使用を推定もしくは検出した場合に、前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動が発生したとして前記使用者の移動履歴の抽出を行なうことを特徴とする。 Further, the gist of the invention according to claim 3 is that (a) a use detecting unit that estimates or detects that the shared device is in use, and (b) the actual placement evaluation index calculating unit is When the use detection unit estimates or detects the use of the shared device, the movement history of the user is extracted on the assumption that the movement accompanying the use of the shared device has occurred.
 好適には、請求項4にかかる発明は、前記使用検出部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域に所定の使用判定時間以上の滞留があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 4, the use detection unit has a predetermined use determination time in a pre-stored vicinity area of the shared device in the user's movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit. It is characterized in that it is determined that the shared device has been used when the above stay has occurred.
 また好適には、請求項5にかかる発明は、前記使用検出部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域との往復移動があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断することを特徴とする。 Further preferably, in the invention according to claim 5, the use detecting unit may reciprocate with a pre-stored neighborhood area of the shared device in the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit. If there is, it is determined that the shared device has been used.
 また好適には、請求項6にかかる発明は、(a)前記共有機器は、該共有機器の近傍に使用者の有無を検知する人検知センサを有し、(b)前記使用検出部は該人検知センサにより該共有機器の近傍に使用者が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 6, (a) the shared device includes a human detection sensor that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device, and (b) the use detection unit includes the user detection sensor. When a user is detected in the vicinity of the shared device by a human detection sensor, it is determined that the shared device has been used.
 また好適には、請求項7にかかる発明は、(a)前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動を検知する作動検知センサを有し、(b)前記使用検出部は該作動検知センサにより該共有機器の使用が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 7, (a) the shared device has an operation detection sensor that detects an operation of the shared device, and (b) the use detection unit is operated by the operation detection sensor. When use of a shared device is detected, it is determined that the shared device has been used.
 また好適には、請求項8にかかる発明は、(a)前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動の履歴を記録する作動記録部を有し、(b)前記使用検出部は該作動記録部により記録された該共有機器の作動履歴に基づいて前記共有機器の使用を判断することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 8, (a) the shared device has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device, and (b) the use detection unit is the operation recording unit. The use of the shared device is determined on the basis of the operation history of the shared device recorded in the above.
 また、請求項9にかかる発明の要旨とするところは、(a)前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する始終点決定部を有し、(b)前記実配置評価指標演算部は、前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の移動履歴のうち、該始終点決定部によって決定された始点から前記共有機器まで、および前記共有機器から該始終点決定部によって決定された終点までの移動を前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動であるとして抽出することを特徴とする。 The gist of the invention according to claim 9 is that: (a) a start / end point determination unit that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device; and (b) the actual placement evaluation index calculation The movement unit records the movement history of the user using the shared device recorded by the movement history recording unit, from the start point determined by the start / end determination unit to the shared device, and from the shared device to the start / end point The movement to the end point determined by the determination unit is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device.
 好適には、請求項10にかかる発明は、(a)前記始終点決定部は、前記使用者のそれぞれの前記共有機器の非使用時における定常位置である定位置を記憶し、(b)前記共有機器の使用者の定位置を該共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点と決定することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 10, (a) the start / end point determination unit stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device of each of the users is not used, and (b) the A fixed position of a user of the shared device is determined as a start point and an end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device.
 また好適には、請求項11にかかる発明は、前記始終点決定部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された移動履歴において、前記共有機器の使用の直前および直後にそれぞれ予め設定された所定始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所を始点および終点として決定することを特徴とする。 Further preferably, in the invention according to claim 11, the start / end point determination unit is configured to set predetermined start / end points set in advance immediately before and immediately after use of the shared device in the movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit. It is characterized in that a place where there is a stay for more than the point determination time is determined as a start point and an end point.
 好適には、請求項12にかかる発明の要旨とするところは、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出することを特徴とする。 Preferably, the gist of the invention according to claim 12 is that the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is associated with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. A user who uses the shared device installed at the new installation position obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared device to each movement amount. It is characterized in that the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set as a predicted stroke amount is calculated as each of the movement amounts of movement accompanying the use.
 また好適には、請求項13にかかる発明は、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出することを特徴とする。 Further preferably, in the invention according to claim 13, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is a movement amount of movement accompanying the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. For each of the above, the common device installed at the new installation position is used by adding and subtracting the distance of the shortest path that can actually move between the existing installation position and the new installation position of the shared device. It is characterized in that the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user is associated with the use.
 また好適には、請求項14にかかる発明は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出することを特徴とする。 Further preferably, the invention according to claim 14 is characterized in that the position of the start point and the end point in each of the movements associated with the use of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the shared It is characterized in that the predicted stroke amount is calculated by assuming that a straight line distance to a new installation position of the device is a distance of movement accompanying the use.
 また好適には、請求項15にかかる発明は、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出することを特徴とする。 Further preferably, in the invention according to claim 15, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is configured so that each movement of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit is associated with the use. The shortest distance that can actually move between the position of the start point and the end point and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that it is the distance of movement accompanying the use.
 好適には、請求項16にかかる発明は、前記新たな設置位置の複数の候補に前記共有機器を設置した場合について前記予測行程量演算部によってそれぞれ算出される複数の前記予測行程量のうちから、最も小さい前記予測行程量を選択し、該選択された予測行程量に対応する前記新たな設置位置の候補を前記新たな設置位置として決定する設置位置決定部を有することを特徴とする。 Preferably, in the invention according to claim 16, when the shared device is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position, the prediction stroke amount calculated by the prediction stroke amount calculation unit is calculated. And an installation position determining unit that selects the smallest predicted stroke amount and determines the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount as the new installation position.
 請求項1にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記共有機器を使用する複数の使用者のそれぞれの位置が前記位置検出部によって検出され、該位置検出部によって検出される前記使用者の移動履歴が前記移動履歴記録部により記録され、前記実配置評価指標演算部により、前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記使用者の移動履歴のうち、前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動履歴が抽出され、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用に伴う移動の移動量の総和を実行程量として算出され、算出された実行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標が算出されるので、前記共有機器の設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である実行程量が、前記位置検出部によって検出される使用者の位置に基づいて算出される。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 1, each position of a plurality of users who use the shared device is detected by the position detection unit, and the user is detected by the position detection unit. Of the user's movement history recorded by the movement history recording unit by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. A movement history associated with use is extracted, and a total amount of movement amounts associated with the use within a predetermined period set by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition is calculated as an execution amount. Since the actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device is calculated based on the calculated execution amount, the installation position of the shared device is efficient. Actual stroke amount which is an index for quantitatively representing the is calculated based on the position of the user detected by the position detecting unit.
 請求項2にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部により、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される、前記使用に伴う移動についての情報および前記共有機器を使用しうる使用者ごとの前記予め設定された所定期間内における使用回数の総和の少なくとも1つに基づいて、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合における、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用者の前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動量の、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による使用についての総和が予測行程量として算出され、算出された予測行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標が算出されるので、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測行程量が、前記位置検出部によって検出される使用者の位置、および前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者ごとの前記予め設定された所定期間内における使用回数の総和などに基づいて算出される。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for shared equipment according to claim 2, the information about movement associated with the use and the shared equipment extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation section by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation section. Based on at least one of the total number of times of use in the preset predetermined period for each user that can be used, in the preset predetermined period when the shared device is installed at a new installation position The total amount of movement by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition of the amount of movement associated with the use of the shared device by the user is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the calculated predicted stroke amount Since a predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device is calculated, it is determined whether the new placement position of the shared device is efficient. The predicted stroke amount, which is a quantitative index, is set in advance for each user using the shared device extracted by the position of the user detected by the position detection unit and the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. It is calculated based on the total number of times of use within the predetermined period.
 請求項3にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記実配置評価指標演算部は、前記共有機器が使用状態であることを推定もしくは検出する前記使用検出部を含み、該使用検出部により前記共有機器の使用を推定もしくは検出された場合に、前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動が発生したとして前記使用者の移動履歴の抽出を行なうので、実配置評価指標演算部は使用者の移動履歴のうち、前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動履歴の抽出を精度よく行なうことができる。 According to the shared device optimum placement support system according to claim 3, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit includes the use detection unit that estimates or detects that the shared device is in use, and the use detection unit. When the use of the shared device is estimated or detected by the above, the movement history of the user is extracted as the movement associated with the use of the shared device has occurred, so the actual placement evaluation index calculating unit moves the user From the history, it is possible to accurately extract the movement history associated with the use of the shared device.
 請求項4にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記使用検出部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域に所定の使用判定時間以上の滞留があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断するので、使用者の移動履歴に基づいて該使用者による前記共有機器の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the shared device optimum arrangement support system according to claim 4, the use detection unit is configured to store a predetermined area in the vicinity of the shared device stored in advance in the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit. When there is a stay for more than the usage determination time, it is determined that the shared device has been used. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the user has used the shared device based on the movement history of the user. .
 請求項5にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記使用検出部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域との往復移動があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断するので、使用者の移動履歴に基づいて該使用者による前記共有機器の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 5, the use detection unit is configured such that the user movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit is stored in the neighborhood area of the shared device stored in advance. Since it is determined that the shared device has been used when there is a reciprocal movement, it is possible to determine whether the user has used the shared device based on the movement history of the user.
 請求項6にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記共有機器は、該共有機器の近傍に使用者の有無を検知する人検知センサを有し、前記使用検出部は該人検知センサにより該共有機器の近傍に使用者が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断するので、前記人検知センサにより共有機器の近傍に使用者が存在するか否かに基づいて前記共有機器の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 6, the shared device has a human detection sensor that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device, and the use detection unit includes the human detection sensor. When the user is detected in the vicinity of the shared device, it is determined that the shared device has been used. Therefore, based on whether the user is present in the vicinity of the shared device by the human detection sensor, the sharing is performed. It is possible to determine whether or not the device is used.
 請求項7にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動を検知する作動検知センサを有し、前記使用検出部は該作動検知センサにより該共有機器の使用が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断するので、前記作動検知センサにより共有機器の作動が行なわれたか否かに基づいて前記共有機器の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 7, the shared device has an operation detection sensor for detecting an operation of the shared device, and the use detection unit is configured to detect the operation of the shared device by the operation detection sensor. When the use is detected, it is determined that the shared device has been used. Therefore, whether the shared device is used can be determined based on whether the shared device is operated by the operation detection sensor. .
 請求項8にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動の履歴を記録する作動記録部を有し、前記使用検出部は該作動記録部により記録された該共有機器の作動履歴に基づいて前記共有機器の使用を判断するので、例えば前記作動記録部により作動の履歴が記録された場合に前記共有機器が使用されたことを判断することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 8, the shared device has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device, and the use detection unit is recorded by the operation recording unit. Further, since the use of the shared device is determined based on the operation history of the shared device, for example, when the operation history is recorded by the operation recording unit, it can be determined that the shared device has been used.
 請求項9にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記実配置評価指標演算部は、前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する始終点決定部を有し、前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の移動履歴のうち、該始終点決定部によって決定された始点から前記共有機器まで、および前記共有機器から該始終点決定部によって決定された終点までの移動を前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動であるとして抽出するので、前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴から前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for a shared device according to claim 9, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit includes a start / end point determination unit that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device, and the movement Of the movement history of the user using the shared device recorded by the history recording unit, determined from the start point determined by the start / end determination unit to the shared device, and from the shared device to the start / end point determination unit Since the movement to the end point is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device, the movement accompanying the use of the shared device can be extracted from the movement history of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit. it can.
 請求項10にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記始終点決定部は、前記使用者のそれぞれの前記共有機器の非使用時における定常位置である定位置を記憶し、前記共有機器の使用者の定位置を該共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点と決定するので、予め定められた前記定位置に基づいて前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴から前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 According to the shared device optimal arrangement support system according to claim 10, the start / end point determination unit stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device of each of the users is not used, and the shared device From the movement history of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit based on the predetermined fixed position, the fixed position of the user is determined as the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device. Movements associated with the use of the shared device can be extracted.
 請求項11にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記始終点決定部は、前記移動履歴記録部に記録された移動履歴において、前記共有機器の使用の直前および直後にそれぞれ予め設定された所定始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所を始点および終点として決定するので、前記所定始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所に基づいて前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴から前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 According to the shared device optimum arrangement support system according to claim 11, the start / end point determination unit is preset in the movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit, immediately before and after use of the shared device. Since the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time is determined as the start point and the end point, each user recorded by the movement history recording unit based on the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time The movement associated with the use of the shared device can be extracted from the movement history.
 請求項12にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部による演算結果と前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間の直線距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for shared equipment according to claim 12, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves in accordance with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. For each of the movement amounts, the value obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated by the user using the shared device installed at the new installation position. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set as a predicted stroke amount is calculated as each movement amount of the movement accompanying the use, the installation is performed when the shared device is installed at a new installation position. The predicted placement evaluation index, which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the position is efficient, is newly calculated from the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, the conventional installation position of the shared device, and It can be calculated based on the straight line distance between the installation position.
 請求項13にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部による演算結果と前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the shared device optimum placement support system according to claim 13, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves with the use of the user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. For each of the movement amounts of the shared equipment, the common equipment installed at the new installation position is obtained by adding or subtracting the distance of the shortest path that can actually move between the conventional installation position and the new installation position of the shared equipment. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user using the device is associated with the use, the shared device is set as a new installation position. The predicted placement evaluation index, which is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position is efficient when installed in the network, the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit and the shared device It can be calculated based on the between conventional installation position and the new setting position of the the actual distance of the movable shortest path.
 請求項14にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部による演算結果と、前記使用者の使用者ごとの前記定位置と前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間の直線距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the shared device optimum placement support system according to claim 14, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves in accordance with the use of a user who uses the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the straight line distance between the position of the start point and the end point in each of the above and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted stroke amount as the movement distance associated with the use, the shared device is The predicted placement evaluation index, which is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position is efficient when installed at the installation position, the calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the user of the user It is possible to calculate based on the linear distance between the fixed position and the new installation position of the shared device.
 請求項15にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部による演算結果と、前記使用者の使用者ごとの前記定位置と前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for shared equipment according to claim 15, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit moves by the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the shortest distance that can actually move between the position of the start point and the end point in each of the above and the new installation position of the shared device is calculated as the predicted travel amount as the distance of movement accompanying the use, When a shared device is installed at a new installation position, a predicted placement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient, a calculation result by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and the The calculation can be performed based on the shortest distance that can be actually moved between the fixed position for each user and the new installation position of the shared device.
 請求項16にかかる共有機器の最適配置支援システムによれば、前記設置位置決定部により、前記新たな設置位置の複数の候補に前記共有機器を設置した場合について、前記予測行程量演算部によってそれぞれ算出される複数の前記予測行程量のうちから最も小さい前記予測行程量を選択し、該選択された予測行程量に対応する前記新たな設置位置の候補が前記新たな設置位置として決定されるので、前記共有機器を複数の設置位置に設置した場合を比較して最も予測行程量が小さい、すなわち効率がよいとされる位置に設置することができる。 According to the optimum arrangement support system for shared equipment according to claim 16, when the shared equipment is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination section, the predicted stroke amount calculation section respectively Since the smallest predicted stroke amount is selected from among the plurality of calculated predicted stroke amounts, the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is determined as the new installation position. As compared with the case where the shared device is installed at a plurality of installation positions, it can be installed at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, the efficiency is good.
 ここで好適には、前記人検知センサには、人感センサと呼ばれる熱線センサや、カメラを用いた画像センサなどが用いられる。このようにすれば、これらの熱線センサ、画像センサなどにより前記共有機器の近傍、具体的には例えば、機器に正対する位置など該共有機器の使用時に使用者が位置する領域に人間の存在を検出することにより、機器が使用されているか否かを推定することができる。 Here, preferably, a heat ray sensor called a human sensor or an image sensor using a camera is used as the human detection sensor. In this way, the presence of a human in the vicinity of the shared device by these heat ray sensors, image sensors, etc., specifically in the area where the user is located when using the shared device, such as the position directly facing the device. By detecting, it can be estimated whether the apparatus is used.
 また、好適には、前記作動検知センサには音声センサ、音圧センサ、振動センサなどが用いられる。このようにすれば、予め設定された前記共有機器の作動音とその周波数や音圧などが近似した作動音を前記音声センサや音圧センサなどにより検出する、あるいは機器の動作に伴って発生する振動を検出することにより、前記共有機器の作動の有無、すなわち機器が使用されているか否かが検出される。 Preferably, a voice sensor, a sound pressure sensor, a vibration sensor, or the like is used as the operation detection sensor. In this way, the preset operation sound of the shared device and the operation sound that approximates its frequency, sound pressure, etc. are detected by the voice sensor, the sound pressure sensor, etc., or generated with the operation of the device. By detecting vibration, it is detected whether the shared device is operating, that is, whether the device is being used.
本発明の共有機器の配置支援システムの構成の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of a structure of the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of this invention. 図1の共有機器の配置支援システムを構成する移動局10の構成の一例と機能を説明する機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram explaining an example of a structure and function of the mobile station 10 which comprises the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of FIG. 図1の共有機器の配置支援システムを構成する基地局12の構成の一例と機能を説明する機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram explaining an example of a structure and function of the base station 12 which comprises the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of FIG. 図1の共有機器の配置支援システムを構成するサーバ14の構成の一例を説明する機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram explaining an example of a structure of the server 14 which comprises the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of FIG. 図1の共有機器の配置支援システムを構成するサーバ14の機能の一例を説明する機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram explaining an example of the function of the server 14 which comprises the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of FIG. 測位部による移動局10の測位を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the positioning of the mobile station 10 by a positioning part. 測位部の作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the action | operation of a positioning part. 図7のフローチャートにおいて実行される測位ルーチンの一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the positioning routine performed in the flowchart of FIG. 使用者の移動履歴の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of a user's movement history. 移動履歴記録部による移動履歴の生成作動の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the production | generation operation | movement of the movement history by a movement history recording part. 使用検出部による使用検出作動の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the use detection operation | movement by a use detection part. 始終点決定部による滞留を検出する作動の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the operation | movement which detects the residence by a start / end determination part. 移動局10と使用者を関連付ける情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information which associates the mobile station and a user. 移動行程抽出部によって算出される使用に伴う移動の距離についての情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information about the distance of the movement accompanying the use calculated by the movement process extraction part. 実配置評価指標演算部によって算出される使用検出期間における各使用者の共有機器の使用回数についての情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information about the frequency | count of use of each user's shared apparatus in the use detection period calculated by the real arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 実配置評価指標演算部による実配置評価指標の演算における作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the operation | movement in the calculation of the real arrangement | positioning evaluation parameter | index by a real arrangement | positioning evaluation parameter | index calculating part. 共有機器の配置支援システムの制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the control action of the arrangement | positioning assistance system of a shared apparatus. 表示制御部によってサーバの表示装置に行なわれる表示の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the display performed on the display apparatus of a server by a display control part. 予測配置評価指標演算部による予測配置評価指標の演算の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the calculation of the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index by the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 予測配置評価指標演算部によって算出される各使用者の共有機器の使用回数についての情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information about the use frequency of each user's shared apparatus calculated by the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 予測配置評価指標演算部における予測配置評価指標の演算制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the calculation control operation | movement of the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index in a prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 図21のフローチャートにおいて実行される各使用者の予測移動距離の算出制御作動に関するルーチンの一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the routine regarding calculation control action | operation of each user's estimated moving distance performed in the flowchart of FIG. 共有機器の配置支援システムの制御作動の別の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining another example of the control action of the arrangement | positioning assistance system of a shared apparatus. 表示制御部によってサーバの表示装置に行なわれる表示の別の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining another example of the display performed on the display apparatus of a server by a display control part. 図1の共有機器の配置支援システムを構成する共有機器の構成の一例を説明する機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram explaining an example of a structure of the shared apparatus which comprises the arrangement | positioning assistance system of the shared apparatus of FIG. 図25の共有機器における使用検知作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining an example of the use detection operation | movement in the shared apparatus of FIG. 図25の共有機器における作動履歴の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the operation | movement history in the shared apparatus of FIG. 座席配置データベース部に記録される各使用者の定位置についての情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information about the fixed position of each user recorded on a seat arrangement database part. 配置情報データベース部に記憶される配置情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the arrangement | positioning information memorize | stored in an arrangement | positioning information database part. 予測配置評価指標演算部による予測配置評価指標の演算の別の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining another example of the calculation of the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index by a prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 予測配置評価指標演算部による予測配置評価指標の演算のさらに別の例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining another example of the calculation of the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index by a prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 候補位置決定部による共有機器の新たな設置位置の候補の決定を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining determination of the candidate of the new installation position of a shared apparatus by a candidate position determination part. 共有機器の配置支援システムの制御作動の別の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining another example of the control action of the arrangement | positioning assistance system of a shared apparatus. 表示制御部によってサーバの表示装置に行なわれる表示の別の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining another example of the display performed on the display apparatus of a server by a display control part. 初期情報データベース部に記憶される使用者ごとの使用回数初期設定値についての情報の一例を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining an example of the information about the use frequency initial setting value for every user memorize | stored in an initial information database part. 予測配置評価指標演算部における予測配置評価指標の演算制御作動の別の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining another example of the calculation control operation | movement of the prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index in a prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part. 共有機器の配置支援システムの制御作動の別の一例を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining another example of the control action of the arrangement | positioning assistance system of a shared apparatus.
符号の説明Explanation of symbols
6:共有機器の配置支援システム
16:共有機器
56:位置検出部(測位部)
58移動履歴記録部
60:実配置評価指標演算部
66:始終点決定部
68:使用検出部
74:予測配置評価指標演算部
114:使用検知部(人検知センサ、作動検知センサ)
117:作動記録部
6: Shared device placement support system 16: Shared device 56: Position detection unit (positioning unit)
58 movement history recording unit 60: actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 66: start / end point determination unit 68: use detection unit 74: predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 114: use detection unit (human detection sensor, operation detection sensor)
117: Operation recording unit
 以下、本発明の一実施例について、図面を参照しつつ詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
 図1は、本発明の共有機器の配置支援システム6の一例を説明する図である。図1に示す様に、机や棚などの什器18が配置された室内領域8に、例えばプリンタなどの共有機器16が配置されている。また、共有機器16を使用する複数の使用者によって所持されるなどしてその複数の使用者のそれぞれに伴って移動させられる複数の移動局10と、その移動局10から送信される移動局10の位置検出のための電波を受信し、その受信結果を算出する既知の位置に設置された複数の基地局12と、必要な演算を行なうためのサーバ14とが図示されている。サーバ14と前記複数の基地局12とは通信ケーブル20により情報交換可能に接続されている。なお、図1においては、例えば3人の使用者のそれぞれによって所持される第1移動局10A、第2移動局10B、第3移動局10Cの3つの移動局が図示されているが、移動局10(以下、第1移動局10A乃至第3移動局10Cを区別しない場合、移動局10という。)の数は適宜増減可能である。また、図1においては第1基地局12A、第2基地局12B、第3基地局12C、第4基地局12Dの4つの基地局12(以下、第1基地局12A乃至第4基地局12Dを区別しない場合、基地局12という。)が図示されているが、後述する様に、移動局10の測位のために必要な最小の数の基地局以上の基地局であれば、基地局12の数は4つに限られない。なお、室内領域8においては、例えば図1に示す様に座標系が定義され、この室内領域8における移動局10や基地局12、共有機器16、机18の位置や、後述する共有機器使用判定領域90などの領域の位置などは例えばこの図1に示す様な共通する座標を用いて表される。また、図1に示すように本実施例においては室内領域8は12m四方の正方形状に設けられるが、その大きさや形状を限定するものではない。 FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of a shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, for example, a shared device 16 such as a printer is disposed in an indoor area 8 where furniture 18 such as a desk or a shelf is disposed. In addition, a plurality of mobile stations 10 that are carried by each of the plurality of users, such as possessed by a plurality of users using the shared device 16, and a mobile station 10 that is transmitted from the mobile station 10. A plurality of base stations 12 installed at known positions for receiving radio waves for position detection and calculating the reception results are shown, and a server 14 for performing necessary calculations is shown. The server 14 and the plurality of base stations 12 are connected by a communication cable 20 so that information can be exchanged. In FIG. 1, for example, three mobile stations 10A, 10B and 10C possessed by each of three users are shown. The number of mobile stations 10 (hereinafter referred to as mobile stations 10 when the first mobile station 10A to the third mobile station 10C are not distinguished) can be appropriately increased or decreased. Further, in FIG. 1, four base stations 12 (hereinafter referred to as the first base station 12A to the fourth base station 12D), which are the first base station 12A, the second base station 12B, the third base station 12C, and the fourth base station 12D. When not distinguished, it is referred to as a base station 12). However, as will be described later, if the base station is more than the minimum number of base stations necessary for positioning of the mobile station 10, the base station 12 The number is not limited to four. In the indoor area 8, for example, a coordinate system is defined as shown in FIG. 1, and the positions of the mobile station 10, the base station 12, the shared device 16, and the desk 18 in the indoor area 8, and the shared device use determination described later are performed. The position of an area such as the area 90 is expressed using, for example, common coordinates as shown in FIG. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 1, although the indoor area | region 8 is provided in the square shape of 12m square in a present Example, the magnitude | size and shape are not limited.
 図2は移動局10の有する機能の概要を説明するブロック図である。移動局10は、アンテナ26、移動局無線部22、電子制御装置23などを有して構成される。電子制御装置23は例えばCPU、RAM、ROM、入出力インタフェース等を備えた所謂マイクロコンピュータを含んで構成されており、CPUはRAMの一時記憶機能を使用しつつ予めROMに記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行なうことにより、後述する移動局制御部24における処理などを実行するようになっている。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram for explaining an overview of the functions of the mobile station 10. The mobile station 10 includes an antenna 26, a mobile station radio unit 22, an electronic control device 23, and the like. The electronic control unit 23 includes a so-called microcomputer having, for example, a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an input / output interface, and the like. The CPU uses a temporary storage function of the RAM, and signals according to a program stored in the ROM in advance. By performing the processing, the processing in the mobile station control unit 24 described later is executed.
 移動局無線部22は、いわゆる無線通信機能を実現するものであって、アンテナ26を用いて電波の送受信を行なう。例えば移動局無線部22は、前記基地局12に対し相関値を算出するための拡散符号を含む電波を送信する。また、基地局12より送信される、移動局10の作動に関する指令を含む電波を受信する。移動局無線部22は、所定の周波数の搬送波を発生する発振器、電波により送信する信号に基づいて前記搬送波を変調し、またデジタル変調などを行なう変調器、前記変調された搬送波を所定の出力に増幅する送信アンプなどを有する。さらに、移動局無線部22は、アンテナ26によって受信された受信波を増幅する受信アンプ、受信波から所定の周波数成分のみを取り出すフィルタ、デジタル復調や検波器などによる復調を行なう復調器などによって実現される受信機能を含む。このとき、移動局無線部22が行なう無線通信は例えばいわゆるデジタル通信が好適に用いられるので、移動局無線部22はそのデジタル通信に必要となる変調あるいは復調のための機構を含む。 The mobile station radio unit 22 implements a so-called radio communication function, and transmits and receives radio waves using the antenna 26. For example, the mobile station radio unit 22 transmits radio waves including a spread code for calculating a correlation value to the base station 12. In addition, a radio wave including a command regarding the operation of the mobile station 10 transmitted from the base station 12 is received. The mobile station radio unit 22 generates a carrier wave having a predetermined frequency, modulates the carrier wave based on a signal transmitted by radio waves, performs a digital modulation, and outputs the modulated carrier wave to a predetermined output. It has a transmission amplifier to amplify. Further, the mobile station radio unit 22 is realized by a reception amplifier that amplifies the received wave received by the antenna 26, a filter that extracts only a predetermined frequency component from the received wave, a demodulator that performs demodulation by digital demodulation or a detector, and the like. Including receiving function. At this time, for example, so-called digital communication is preferably used as the wireless communication performed by the mobile station wireless unit 22, and therefore the mobile station wireless unit 22 includes a mechanism for modulation or demodulation necessary for the digital communication.
 ここで、移動局10の移動局無線部22が送信する電波は、例えば電波に含まれる信号波のヘッダ部分に個々の移動局10を識別するための符号を含める、あるいは個々の移動局10により異なる拡散符号を送信するなど、予め定めた方法により送信される。そのため、その電波を受信した移動局は前記予め定めた方法に従ってその受信した電波を解析することにより、受信した電波が何れの移動局10から送信されたものであるかを識別することができる。 Here, the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station radio unit 22 of the mobile station 10 includes, for example, a code for identifying the individual mobile station 10 in the header portion of the signal wave included in the radio wave, or by the individual mobile station 10 It is transmitted by a predetermined method such as transmitting different spreading codes. Therefore, the mobile station that has received the radio wave can identify the mobile station 10 from which the received radio wave is transmitted by analyzing the received radio wave according to the predetermined method.
 また、アンテナ26は、前述の移動局無線部22が電波を送受信する際に用いられるものであって、送受信する電波の周波数に適したものが用いられる。また、移動局10からの距離が同じ場合にアンテナ26からの距離が同じ基地局12において移動局10からの方向に関わらず電波を受信できるように、アンテナ26は少なくとも電波の伝搬方向に関して無指向性であるアンテナが好適に用いられる。 The antenna 26 is used when the mobile station radio unit 22 transmits / receives radio waves, and an antenna suitable for the frequency of radio waves to be transmitted / received is used. Further, when the distance from the mobile station 10 is the same, the antenna 26 is omnidirectional with respect to at least the propagation direction of the radio wave so that the base station 12 having the same distance from the antenna 26 can receive the radio wave regardless of the direction from the mobile station 10. A suitable antenna is preferably used.
 移動局制御部24は、前記電子制御装置23により実現されるものであって、移動局無線部22の制御を行なう。具体的には例えば、移動局制御部24は移動局無線部22に対して送信または受信の切り替え、搬送波周波数の設定、送信アンプにおける出力の設定を行なう。これらの制御における設定値の決定は基地局12との通信の結果により、例えば、前記基地局12から送信される指令に基づいて決定される。移動局制御部24はまた、前記基地局12からの移動局10の制御作動に関する指令を、移動局無線部22において受信され、復号された基地局12からの電波の内容を解析することにより解析する。また移動局制御部24は、移動局10が電波によって送信する拡散符号を、例えば図示しない記憶手段から記憶された拡散符号を読み出すことにより、あるいは所定の生成方法、例えば予め定められた原始多項式に基づいて生成することにより決定する。 The mobile station control unit 24 is realized by the electronic control unit 23 and controls the mobile station radio unit 22. Specifically, for example, the mobile station control unit 24 performs transmission / reception switching, carrier frequency setting, and output setting in the transmission amplifier for the mobile station radio unit 22. The setting values in these controls are determined based on a result of communication with the base station 12, for example, based on a command transmitted from the base station 12. The mobile station control unit 24 also analyzes the instruction regarding the control operation of the mobile station 10 from the base station 12 by analyzing the contents of the radio wave received from the mobile station radio unit 22 and decoded. To do. Further, the mobile station control unit 24 reads out the spreading code transmitted by the mobile station 10 by radio waves, for example, by reading the spreading code stored from a storage means (not shown), or a predetermined generation method, for example, a predetermined primitive polynomial. Determine by generating based on.
 図3は、基地局12の有する機能の一例の概要を説明するブロック図である。基地局12は、アンテナ36、基地局無線部32、電子制御装置33、時計40、通信インタフェース42などを含んで構成される。また、電子制御装置33は、例えばCPU、RAM、ROM、入出力インタフェース等を備えた所謂マイクロコンピュータを含んで構成されており、CPUはRAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ予めROMに記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行なうことにより、受信時刻検出部38、基地局制御部34などにおける処理を実行するようになっている。 FIG. 3 is a block diagram for explaining an outline of an example of the functions of the base station 12. The base station 12 includes an antenna 36, a base station radio unit 32, an electronic control device 33, a clock 40, a communication interface 42, and the like. The electronic control unit 33 includes a so-called microcomputer having a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an input / output interface and the like, for example, and the CPU is stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. By performing signal processing according to the program, processing in the reception time detection unit 38, the base station control unit 34, and the like is executed.
 基地局無線部32は、いわゆる無線通信機能を実現するものであって、アンテナ36を用いて電波の送受信を行なう。基地局無線部32は、前記移動局10の作動を制御する指令を含む電波を送信する。また、基地局無線部32は、移動局10によって送信される電波を受信し、その内容を必要に応じて後述する受信時刻検出部38などに渡し処理を実行させる。すなわち、基地局無線部32は、所定の周波数の搬送波を発生する発振器、電波により送信する信号に基づいて前記搬送波を変調し、またデジタル変調などを行なう変調器、前記変調された搬送波を所定の出力に増幅する送信アンプなどを有し、また、アンテナ36によって受信された受信波を増幅する受信アンプ、受信波から所定の周波数成分のみを取り出すフィルタ、デジタル復調や検波器などによる復調を行なう復調器などによって実現される。このとき、基地局無線部32が行なう無線通信は例えばいわゆるデジタル通信が好適に用いられるので、基地局無線部32はそのデジタル通信に必要となる変調あるいは復調のための機構を含む。 The base station radio unit 32 realizes a so-called radio communication function, and transmits and receives radio waves using the antenna 36. The base station radio unit 32 transmits radio waves including a command for controlling the operation of the mobile station 10. In addition, the base station radio unit 32 receives the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station 10 and passes the contents to a reception time detection unit 38, which will be described later, as necessary, to execute processing. That is, the base station radio unit 32 generates an oscillator that generates a carrier wave having a predetermined frequency, modulates the carrier wave based on a signal transmitted by radio waves, and performs a modulator that performs digital modulation and the like. Demodulator having a transmission amplifier that amplifies the output, a reception amplifier that amplifies the received wave received by the antenna 36, a filter that extracts only a predetermined frequency component from the received wave, and demodulation by digital demodulation or a detector It is realized by a vessel. At this time, for example, so-called digital communication is preferably used for the wireless communication performed by the base station wireless unit 32, and thus the base station wireless unit 32 includes a mechanism for modulation or demodulation necessary for the digital communication.
 また、アンテナ36は、前述の基地局無線部32が電波を送受信する際に用いられるものであって、送受信する電波の周波数に適したものが用いられる。また、移動局10の位置、すなわち基地局12から見た移動局10の方向に関わらず基地局12からの距離が同じ位置に移動局10が存在する場合には電波を受信できるように、アンテナ36は少なくとも電波の伝搬方向に関して無指向性であるアンテナが好適に用いられる。 The antenna 36 is used when the base station radio unit 32 transmits and receives radio waves, and an antenna suitable for the frequency of radio waves to be transmitted and received is used. Further, an antenna is provided so that radio waves can be received when the mobile station 10 exists at the same distance from the base station 12 regardless of the position of the mobile station 10, that is, the direction of the mobile station 10 viewed from the base station 12. For the antenna 36, an antenna that is omnidirectional at least in the propagation direction of radio waves is preferably used.
 基地局制御部34および受信時刻検出部38は前記電子制御装置33によって実現される。このうち、基地局制御部34は前記基地局無線部32の制御を行なう。具体的には例えば、基地局制御部34は基地局無線部32に対して送信または受信の切り替え、搬送波周波数の設定、送信アンプの出力の設定などを行なう。これらの制御における設定値の決定は後述のサーバ14あるいは移動局10との通信の結果により決定される。また基地局制御部34は受信時刻検出部38に対しては、受信時刻検出実行の制御および受信時刻検出結果出力の要求および取得を制御する。また基地局制御部34は、基地局無線部32において受信され復号される、移動局10により送信される電波の内容を解析する。同様に基地局制御部34は、後述する通信インタフェース42において受信されたサーバ14からの送信内容を解析し、基地局12の制御作動に関する指令を取り出す。さらに、基地局制御部34は、後述する通信インタフェース42や基地局無線部32を介して、他の機器に対し必要な情報を送信する。 The base station control unit 34 and the reception time detection unit 38 are realized by the electronic control unit 33. Among these, the base station control unit 34 controls the base station radio unit 32. Specifically, for example, the base station control unit 34 performs transmission / reception switching, carrier frequency setting, transmission amplifier output setting, and the like for the base station radio unit 32. The setting values in these controls are determined based on the result of communication with the server 14 or the mobile station 10 described later. In addition, the base station control unit 34 controls the reception time detection unit 38 to control the reception time detection execution and to request and acquire the reception time detection result output. In addition, the base station control unit 34 analyzes the contents of the radio wave transmitted by the mobile station 10 that is received and decoded by the base station radio unit 32. Similarly, the base station control unit 34 analyzes the transmission content from the server 14 received by the communication interface 42 described later, and extracts a command related to the control operation of the base station 12. Furthermore, the base station control unit 34 transmits necessary information to other devices via a communication interface 42 and a base station radio unit 32 described later.
 受信時刻検出部38は、移動局10から送信される電波に含まれる拡散符号と、その拡散符号のレプリカ符号との相関値を算出する。具体的には、予め移動局10が送信する拡散符号と同一のレプリカ符号を受信時刻検出部38が有しておき、そのレプリカ符号と、受信された移動局10からの電波から取り出された拡散符号(受信符号)とをマッチドフィルタに入力することにより、両者の相関値を得ることができる。この相関値のピークを示す時刻が電波の受信時刻となる。したがって相関値のピークを示す時刻を後述の時計40より得ることにより受信時刻が検出される。 The reception time detection unit 38 calculates a correlation value between the spreading code included in the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 and the replica code of the spreading code. Specifically, the reception time detection unit 38 has the same replica code as the spreading code transmitted from the mobile station 10 in advance, and the spread code extracted from the received radio wave from the mobile station 10. By inputting the code (reception code) to the matched filter, the correlation value between them can be obtained. The time indicating the peak of the correlation value is the radio wave reception time. Accordingly, the reception time is detected by obtaining the time indicating the peak of the correlation value from the clock 40 described later.
 時計40は、時刻を計測するものであって、例えば受信時刻検出部38が受信時刻を検出する際などに参照される。各基地局12は各々の時計を有しており、それらの時刻は予め同期されている。 The clock 40 measures time, and is referred to when the reception time detection unit 38 detects reception time, for example. Each base station 12 has its own clock, and their times are synchronized in advance.
 通信インタフェース42は、通信ケーブル20により接続された他の基地局12とサーバ14などとの情報通信を行なう。具体的には、基地局12の同期時刻検出部38によって検出される電波の受信時刻や、移動局10から送信される電波に含まれる情報が基地局12からサーバ14に送信されるほか、サーバ14から送信される基地局12の作動に関する指令などが受信される。 The communication interface 42 performs information communication between the other base station 12 and the server 14 connected by the communication cable 20. Specifically, the reception time of the radio wave detected by the synchronization time detection unit 38 of the base station 12 and the information included in the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 are transmitted from the base station 12 to the server 14. A command or the like related to the operation of the base station 12 transmitted from 14 is received.
 図4は、サーバ14の構成の概要を説明する図である。図4に示す様に、サーバ14はCPUに対応し必要な演算処理を行なう電子制御装置48、RAM、ROM、あるいはハードディスクなどに対応し、前記電子制御装置48などの指示に応じて情報を読み出し可能に記憶する記憶装置50、入出力インタフェース52、およびその入出力インタフェース52に接続され、サーバ14に対するユーザからの入力操作を受け付けるキーボードやマウスなどの入力装置53、サーバ14による作動結果などを表示するためのディスプレイ表示装置などの表示を行なう出力装置54、通信インタフェース46等を備えた所謂コンピュータを含んで構成されており、CPUはRAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ予めROMに記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行なうことができる。 FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the configuration of the server 14. As shown in FIG. 4, the server 14 corresponds to the electronic control unit 48 that performs necessary arithmetic processing corresponding to the CPU, RAM, ROM, hard disk, etc., and reads information in accordance with instructions from the electronic control unit 48 or the like. The storage device 50, the input / output interface 52, and the input / output interface 52 connected to the input / output interface 52, and the input device 53 such as a keyboard and a mouse for accepting an input operation from the user to the server 14 and the operation result by the server 14 are displayed. And a so-called computer including a communication interface 46 and the like. The CPU stores a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. The signal processing can be performed according to
 通信インタフェース46は、例えば通信ケーブル20により他の基地局12や他のサーバ14、あるいは共有機器16との情報通信を行なう。通信インタフェース46は、例えばサーバ14から基地局12に対し、基地局12の制御作動に関する指令や、後述する測位部56によって算出される移動局10の位置に関する情報を送信し、また、基地局12から送信される情報、例えば基地局12における電波の受信時刻に関する情報を受信する。この基地局12における電波の受信時刻は、移動局10から送信される拡散符号の受信時刻として受信時刻検出部38によって検出される。 The communication interface 46 performs information communication with another base station 12, another server 14, or the shared device 16 through the communication cable 20, for example. The communication interface 46 transmits, for example, a command related to the control operation of the base station 12 and information related to the position of the mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56 described later to the base station 12 from the server 14. For example, information related to the reception time of radio waves at the base station 12 is received. The reception time of the radio wave at the base station 12 is detected by the reception time detection unit 38 as the reception time of the spread code transmitted from the mobile station 10.
 図5は、サーバ14の電子制御装置48が有する機能の概要を説明する機能ブロック線図である。この機能は例えば、前記図4のサーバ14において所定のプログラムが実行されることにより実現される。測位部56は、4つの基地局12において検出された移動局10からの電波の受信時刻の時間差に基づいて移動局10の位置の算出を行なう(TDOA(Time Difference of Arrival)方式)。移動局の座標を(x、y)とし、第1基地局12Aの位置を表す座標が(xB1,yB1)、第2基地局12Bの座標が(xB2,yB2)、第3基地局12Cの座標が(xB3,yB3)、第4基地局12Dの座標が(xB4,yB4)であるとき、移動局の位置は以下の(1)式により表される。ここで、これらの基地局12や移動局10の座標は、例えば図1に示す様に定義された座標系により表わされる。
 (xB1-x)2+(yB1-y)2={c×(Tr1-Ts)}2
 (xB2-x)2+(yB2-y)2={c×(Tr2-Ts)}2
 (xB3-x)2+(yB3-y)2={c×(Tr3-Ts)}2
 (xB4-x)2+(yB4-y)2={c×(Tr4-Ts)}2…(1)
ここで、Tr乃至Tr(sec)はそれぞれ、第1基地局12A乃至第4基地局12Dにおける電波の受信時刻、Tsは移動局10での電波の送信時刻であり、例えば移動局10から基地局12に対し電波により送信され、これを基地局12が受信することにより得られる。すなわち、前記(1)式の各式の右辺における(Tr-Ts)(i=1,2,…)は、移動局10から基地局12iへの電波の伝搬時間を表しており、c×(Tr-Ts)は、移動局10と基地局12iとの距離を表している。(1)式はx、y、Tsを未知数とした連立方程式となる。(1)式よりTsを消去すると以下の(2)式となる.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
この(2)式を解くことにより未知数x、yが得られる。具体的にはニュートン法などの求解法を使用することにより(2)式の解、すなわち移動局10の位置を算出する。そして、移動局10はその移動局10を保持する使用者と共に移動させられるので、算出された移動局10の位置は使用者の位置でもある。なお、測位部56と、移動局10、基地局12などからなる位置検出システムが位置検出部に対応する。なお、前記(1)式および(2)式に示す様に、移動局10が2次元平面を移動する場合には、少なくとも3局の基地局12によって移動局10からの電波を受信する必要がある。
FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram for explaining an outline of the functions of the electronic control device 48 of the server 14. This function is realized, for example, by executing a predetermined program in the server 14 of FIG. The positioning unit 56 calculates the position of the mobile station 10 based on the time difference between the reception times of the radio waves from the mobile stations 10 detected by the four base stations 12 (TDOA (Time Difference of Arrival) method). The coordinates of the mobile station are (x, y), the coordinates indicating the position of the first base station 12A are (x B1 , y B1 ), the coordinates of the second base station 12B are (x B2 , y B2 ), and the third base When the coordinates of the station 12C are (x B3 , y B3 ) and the coordinates of the fourth base station 12D are (x B4 , y B4 ), the position of the mobile station is expressed by the following equation (1). Here, the coordinates of the base station 12 and the mobile station 10 are represented by a coordinate system defined as shown in FIG. 1, for example.
(x B1 −x) 2 + (y B1 −y) 2 = {c × (Tr 1 −Ts)} 2
(x B2 −x) 2 + (y B2 −y) 2 = {c × (Tr 2 −Ts)} 2
(x B3 −x) 2 + (y B3 −y) 2 = {c × (Tr 3 −Ts)} 2
(x B4 −x) 2 + (y B4 −y) 2 = {c × (Tr 4 −Ts)} 2 … (1)
Here, Tr 1 to Tr 4 (sec) are the reception times of radio waves at the first base station 12A to the fourth base station 12D, respectively, and Ts is the transmission time of radio waves at the mobile station 10, for example, from the mobile station 10 It is transmitted to the base station 12 by radio waves and obtained by the base station 12 receiving it. That is, (Tr i −Ts) (i = 1, 2,...) On the right side of each of the equations (1) represents the propagation time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 to the base station 12i, and c × (Tr i -Ts) represents the distance between the mobile station 10 and the base station 12i. Equation (1) is a simultaneous equation with x, y, and Ts as unknowns. If Ts is eliminated from the equation (1), the following equation (2) is obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
By solving this equation (2), unknowns x and y are obtained. Specifically, the solution of equation (2), that is, the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated by using a solution method such as Newton's method. Since the mobile station 10 is moved together with the user holding the mobile station 10, the calculated position of the mobile station 10 is also the position of the user. A position detection system including the positioning unit 56, the mobile station 10, the base station 12, and the like corresponds to the position detection unit. As shown in the equations (1) and (2), when the mobile station 10 moves in a two-dimensional plane, it is necessary to receive radio waves from the mobile station 10 by at least three base stations 12. is there.
 ここで、前述のように複数の移動局10が送信する電波は相互に識別可能なものであるので、測位部56は、複数の移動局10の位置をそれぞれを識別可能に算出する。また、測位部56は前記複数の移動局10のそれぞれについて、その移動局10を保持して移動する移動者と関連付けて記憶するので、位置が算出された移動局10が何れの使用者の位置であるかを算出することができる。図13は前記複数の移動局10とそれらの移動局10を保持する使用者とを関連付ける情報であって、例えば測位部56が利用可能にサーバ14の記憶装置50などに記憶される情報の例を説明する図である。図13に示す様に、例えば移動局10(タグ)を識別する情報であるタグIDが0001の移動局10を保持する使用者は山田であり、タグIDが0002の移動局10を保持する使用者は鈴木であり、タグIDが0003の移動局10を保持する使用者は上野であることを示している。各使用者は、図1に示す室内領域8に配置された机18のいずれかに自身の席を有している。図1の机に示された氏名はその席を定位置、すなわち前記共有機器16の非使用時における着席位置とする使用者を示している。前記各使用者は、自身の席とされた机18の位置に着席し、例えば事務作業を行っている。 Here, since the radio waves transmitted from the plurality of mobile stations 10 are mutually identifiable as described above, the positioning unit 56 calculates the positions of the plurality of mobile stations 10 so as to be identifiable. In addition, since the positioning unit 56 stores each of the plurality of mobile stations 10 in association with a mobile person who holds the mobile station 10 and moves, the mobile station 10 whose position has been calculated is the position of any user. Can be calculated. FIG. 13 shows information associating the plurality of mobile stations 10 with users holding those mobile stations 10, and is an example of information stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 so that the positioning unit 56 can use the information, for example. FIG. As shown in FIG. 13, for example, the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0001, which is information for identifying the mobile station 10 (tag), is Yamada, and the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0002. The user is Suzuki, and the user holding the mobile station 10 with the tag ID 0003 indicates that the user is Ueno. Each user has his / her seat on one of the desks 18 arranged in the indoor area 8 shown in FIG. The name shown on the desk in FIG. 1 indicates a user whose seat is a fixed position, that is, a seating position when the shared device 16 is not used. Each of the users is seated at the position of the desk 18 as his / her seat and performs office work, for example.
 図6は、前記(1)式の関係を図示したものである。なお、図6においては説明のため、前記図1における基地局12の配置とは異なる配置とされている。図6のr乃至rは第1基地局12A乃至第4基地局12Dのそれぞれと移動局10との距離を表しており、前記(1)式の各式の右辺の平方根に対応するものである。すなわち、(1)式の解の算出は、図6における第1基地局12Aを中心とする半径rの円、第2基地局12Bを中心とする半径rの円、第3基地局12Cを中心とする半径rの円、第4基地局12Dを中心とする半径rの円の交点を算出するものである。一方、前記(1)式が前記(2)式のように変形されることにより、(2)式はTsを含まないものとなるので、移動局10での電波の送信時刻を必要とすることなく移動局10の位置の算出を行なうことができる。 FIG. 6 illustrates the relationship of the expression (1). For the sake of explanation, FIG. 6 shows an arrangement different from the arrangement of base stations 12 in FIG. In FIG. 6, r 1 to r 4 represent the distance between each of the first base station 12A to the fourth base station 12D and the mobile station 10, and correspond to the square root of the right side of each of the equations (1). It is. That is, the calculation of the solution of equation (1) is performed by using a circle with a radius r 1 centered on the first base station 12A, a circle with a radius r 2 centered on the second base station 12B, and a third base station 12C in FIG. circle of radius r 3 around the, and calculates the intersection of the circle of radius r 4 around the fourth base station 12D. On the other hand, since the expression (1) is transformed into the expression (2), the expression (2) does not include Ts, and therefore, the transmission time of the radio wave at the mobile station 10 is required. Thus, the position of the mobile station 10 can be calculated.
 図7は、前記サーバ14の測位部56の制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。まずステップSA1(以下「ステップ」を省略する。)においては、測位部56、移動局10、基地局12によって移動局10の位置の算出を行なう測位ルーチンが実行される。そして、SA2において、SA1で算出された移動局10の位置が使用者の位置としてサーバ14の記憶装置50などに記憶される。そして、SA2の終了後、図7のフローチャートは所定の周期で再度SA1から繰り返し実行される。すなわち、測位部56は予め定められた所定の周期で移動局10の位置の算出を実行する。また、複数の移動局10について位置の測位を行なう場合には、例えば、第1移動局10Aの位置の算出を行ない、続いて第2移動局10Bの位置の算出を行ない、続いて第3移動局10Cの位置の算出を行ない、そして、前記第1移動局10Aの位置の算出から所定の周期の経過後になるように、再び第1移動局10Aの位置の算出が行なわれるように、各移動局10ごとに位置の算出が行なわれる。 FIG. 7 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the positioning unit 56 of the server 14. First, in step SA1 (hereinafter, “step” is omitted), a positioning routine for calculating the position of the mobile station 10 is executed by the positioning unit 56, the mobile station 10, and the base station 12. In SA2, the position of the mobile station 10 calculated in SA1 is stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 as the position of the user. Then, after the end of SA2, the flowchart of FIG. 7 is repeatedly executed from SA1 again at a predetermined cycle. That is, the positioning unit 56 calculates the position of the mobile station 10 at a predetermined cycle. When performing position measurement for a plurality of mobile stations 10, for example, the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated, then the position of the second mobile station 10B is calculated, and then the third mobile station 10 is calculated. The position of the station 10C is calculated, and the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated again so that the position of the first mobile station 10A is calculated again after a lapse of a predetermined period from the position calculation of the first mobile station 10A. The position is calculated for each station 10.
 図8は、この測位ルーチンを説明するフローチャートである。まず、ステップ(以下「ステップ」を省略する。)SB1においてはサーバ14から各基地局12のそれぞれに対し、移動局10の測位を実行するための指令が行なわれる。この指令は、(1)複数の基地局12のいずれか1つに対し、移動局10に測位のための電波を送信させるための指令を基地局12の基地局無線部32から移動局10に送信させる指令と、(2)複数の基地局12のそれぞれに対し、移動局10から送信される測位の為の電波を受信し、受信時刻を検出し、検出した受信時刻をサーバ14に送信させる指令とを含む。このうち、前記(1)の指令は、サーバ14は無線通信のための電波の送受信などについての機能を有していないために、サーバ14から移動局10への指令はいずれかの基地局12の有する基地局無線部32を介して行なわれることによるものであって、前記いずれか1つの基地局12は、例えば、任意に選択される基地局12とされる。 FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining this positioning routine. First, in step (hereinafter, “step” is omitted) SB1, an instruction for performing positioning of the mobile station 10 is issued from the server 14 to each of the base stations 12. This command is as follows: (1) A command for causing the mobile station 10 to transmit a radio wave for positioning to any one of the plurality of base stations 12 from the base station radio unit 32 of the base station 12 to the mobile station 10 (2) A radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received for each of the plurality of base stations 12, a reception time is detected, and the detected reception time is transmitted to the server 14. Including directives. Among these, the command (1) is such that the server 14 does not have a function for transmission / reception of radio waves for wireless communication, so the command from the server 14 to the mobile station 10 is any base station 12. The one base station 12 is, for example, a base station 12 that is arbitrarily selected.
 SB2においては、各基地局12において、サーバ14からのSB1の指令が受信されたか否かが待機される。サーバ14からのSB1の指令、すなわち前記(1)および(2)の指令あるいは(2)のみの指令が受信される場合には、本ステップの判断が肯定され、続くSB4が実行される。一方サーバ14からのSB1の指令が受信されない場合には、本ステップの判断が否定され、繰り返しSB1が実行されて、サーバ14からのSB1の指令が受信されるまで待機が行なわれる。 In SB2, each base station 12 stands by whether or not the SB1 command from the server 14 has been received. When the SB1 command from the server 14, that is, the commands (1) and (2) or only the command (2) is received, the determination at this step is affirmed and the subsequent SB4 is executed. On the other hand, when the SB1 command from the server 14 is not received, the determination at this step is denied, and the SB1 is repeatedly executed, and the process waits until the SB1 command from the server 14 is received.
 SB3においては、前記SB2において受信されたサーバ14からの指令に、前記(1)の指令、すなわち、複数の基地局12のいずれか1つに対し、移動局10に測位のための電波を送信させるための指令を基地局12の基地局無線部32から移動局10に送信させる指令が含まれていたか否かが判断される。前記(1)の指令を受け取ったいずれか1つの基地局12においては、本ステップの判断は肯定され、続くSB4が実行される。一方、前記(2)のみの指令を受け取った基地局においては、本ステップの判断は否定され、後述するSB6において移動局10から送信される測位のための電波の受信が行なわれる。 In SB3, in response to the command from the server 14 received in SB2, the command (1), that is, a radio wave for positioning is transmitted to the mobile station 10 to any one of the plurality of base stations 12. It is determined whether or not a command for transmitting a command to transmit data from the base station radio unit 32 of the base station 12 to the mobile station 10 is included. In any one of the base stations 12 that has received the command (1), the determination in this step is affirmed, and the subsequent SB4 is executed. On the other hand, in the base station that has received only the command (2), the determination in this step is denied, and a radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received in SB6 described later.
 SB4は、SB3の判断が肯定された場合に実行されるステップであって、具体的にはSB2において前記(1)および(2)の指令を受信した基地局においてその(1)の指令が実行される。すなわち、移動局10に測位のための電波を送信させるための指令が無線により移動局10に対して送信されるとともに、送信後には移動局10から送信される測位のための電波の受信が行なわれる。 SB4 is a step executed when the determination of SB3 is affirmed. Specifically, the instruction (1) is executed at the base station that has received the instructions (1) and (2) at SB2. Is done. That is, a command for causing the mobile station 10 to transmit a radio wave for positioning is transmitted to the mobile station 10 by radio, and after the transmission, a radio wave for positioning transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received. It is.
 SB5においては、移動局10において、測位のための電波の送信を行なうための指令(SB4)が受信されたか否かが待機される。移動局10において測位のための電波の送信を行なうための指令が受信された場合には本ステップの判断が肯定され、続くSB6が実行される。一方、測位のための電波の送信を行なうための指令が受信されない場合には本ステップの判断が否定され、繰り返しSB5が実行されて、測位のための電波の送信を行なうための指令が受信されるまで待機が行なわれる。 In SB5, the mobile station 10 waits whether an instruction (SB4) for transmitting a radio wave for positioning is received. When the mobile station 10 receives a command for transmitting a radio wave for positioning, the determination in this step is affirmed, and the subsequent SB6 is executed. On the other hand, when the command for transmitting the radio wave for positioning is not received, the determination of this step is denied, and SB5 is repeatedly executed to receive the command for transmitting the radio wave for positioning. Wait until
 移動局10の移動局無線部22などに対応するSB6においては、移動局10から測位のための電波の送信が行なわれる。この測位のための電波には、受信時刻を検出するための拡散符号が含まれる。 In the SB 6 corresponding to the mobile station radio unit 22 of the mobile station 10, the mobile station 10 transmits radio waves for positioning. The radio wave for positioning includes a spread code for detecting the reception time.
 各基地局12の基地局無線部32などに対応するSB7においては、移動局10から送信される測位のための電波が受信されたか否かが判断される。移動局10から送信される電波が受信された場合においては、本判断は肯定され、続くSB10が実行される。一方、移動局10から送信される電波が受信されない場合、本ステップの判断が否定され、続くSB8が実行される。 In SB 7 corresponding to the base station radio unit 32 of each base station 12, it is determined whether or not a positioning radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 has been received. When a radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 is received, this determination is affirmed and the subsequent SB10 is executed. On the other hand, when the radio wave transmitted from the mobile station 10 is not received, the determination of this step is denied and the following SB8 is executed.
 SB8においては、移動局からの電波の受信を開始してからの経過時間が予め設定されたタイムアウト時間を超えたか否かが判断される。そして、経過時間が前記タイムアウト時間を超えた場合には本ステップの判断が肯定され、SB9が実行される。また、経過時間が前記タイムアウト時間を超えていない場合には本ステップの判断は否定され、引き続き移動局10からの電波の受信が行なわれる。 In SB8, it is determined whether or not the elapsed time from the start of reception of radio waves from the mobile station has exceeded a preset timeout time. If the elapsed time exceeds the timeout time, the determination in this step is affirmed and SB9 is executed. If the elapsed time does not exceed the time-out period, the determination in this step is denied and radio waves are continuously received from the mobile station 10.
 SB8の判断が肯定された場合に実行されるSB9においては、SB8の判断が肯定された基地局については、移動局10からの電波を受信することができなかったとして、エラー処理が行なわれる。具体的には例えば、サーバ14に対し、移動局10からの電波を受信しなかった旨の情報が送信される。 In SB9 that is executed when the determination of SB8 is affirmed, an error process is performed on the base station for which the determination of SB8 has been affirmed, assuming that radio waves from the mobile station 10 could not be received. Specifically, for example, information indicating that the radio wave from the mobile station 10 has not been received is transmitted to the server 14.
 受信時刻検出部38に対応するSB10においては、SB7において受信が行なわれた移動局10からの測位のための電波に含まれている拡散符号と、予め各基地局が有している前記拡散符号のレプリカ符号との相関値が算出され、その相関値がピークとなった時刻が移動局10からの電波の受信時刻として検出される。 In the SB 10 corresponding to the reception time detection unit 38, the spreading code included in the radio wave for positioning from the mobile station 10 received in SB7 and the spreading code that each base station has in advance. The correlation value with the replica code is calculated, and the time when the correlation value reaches its peak is detected as the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10.
 SB11においては、各基地局12においてSB10で検出された移動局10からの電波の受信時刻についての情報がサーバ14に送信される。 In the SB 11, information about the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 detected in the SB 10 in each base station 12 is transmitted to the server 14.
 SB12においては、各基地局12における移動局10からの電波の受信時刻についての情報が、予め定められた所定数以上の数の基地局12から送信され、サーバ14に受信されたか否かが判断される。この所定数は、続くSB15において移動局10の位置の算出を行なうために必要となる数であって、例えば移動局10の移動が3次元空間である場合には4つであり、2次元平面である場合や、3次元空間であっても移動局10の高さについての情報を図示しない高さ検出手段などにより得ることが可能な場合には3つである。前記所定数以上の数の基地局12から受信時刻についての情報が受信された場合には、本ステップの判断は肯定され、続くSB15が実行される。一方、前記所定数以上の数の基地局12から受信時刻についての情報が受信されない場合には、本ステップの判断が否定され、続くSB13が実行される。 In SB 12, it is determined whether information about the reception time of radio waves from mobile station 10 in each base station 12 has been transmitted from a predetermined number of base stations 12 or more and received by server 14. Is done. This predetermined number is a number necessary for calculating the position of the mobile station 10 in the following SB15. For example, when the movement of the mobile station 10 is in a three-dimensional space, the predetermined number is four. If the information about the height of the mobile station 10 can be obtained by a height detection means (not shown) or the like even in a three-dimensional space. When information about the reception time is received from the predetermined number of base stations 12 or more, the determination in this step is affirmed and the following SB15 is executed. On the other hand, when the information about the reception time is not received from the predetermined number or more of the base stations 12, the determination of this step is denied and the following SB13 is executed.
 SB13においては、SB1の指令を行なってからの経過時間が予め設定されたタイムアウト時間を超えたか否かが判断される。そして、経過時間が前記タイムアウト時間を超えた場合には本ステップの判断が肯定され、SB14が実行される。また、経過時間が前記タイムアウト時間を超えていない場合には本ステップの判断は否定され、引き続き基地局12からの受信時刻についての情報の受信が行なわれる。 In SB13, it is determined whether or not the elapsed time since the instruction of SB1 has exceeded a preset timeout time. If the elapsed time exceeds the timeout time, the determination in this step is affirmed and SB14 is executed. If the elapsed time does not exceed the timeout time, the determination in this step is denied and information about the reception time from the base station 12 is continuously received.
 SB13の判断が肯定された場合に実行されるSB14においては、移動局10の位置の算出を行なうために必要な数の基地局12から、移動局10からの電波の受信時刻を受信することができなかったとして、エラー処理が行なわれる。具体的には例えば、移動局10の位置の算出に失敗した旨の情報が記録される。 In SB 14 executed when the determination of SB 13 is affirmed, reception times of radio waves from the mobile station 10 may be received from the number of base stations 12 necessary for calculating the position of the mobile station 10. If not, error handling is performed. Specifically, for example, information indicating that the calculation of the position of the mobile station 10 has failed is recorded.
 サーバ14の測位部56に対応するSB15においては、SB12で受信された各基地局12における移動局10からの電波の受信時刻についての情報に基づいて、移動局10の位置の算出が実行される。具体的には、前記各基地局12における移動局10からの電波の受信時刻についての情報と、予め既知である各基地局12の位置に関する情報に基づいて前記(2)式を解くことにより、移動局10の位置が算出される。 In the SB 15 corresponding to the positioning unit 56 of the server 14, the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated based on the information about the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 in each base station 12 received in the SB 12. . Specifically, by solving the equation (2) based on information about the reception time of the radio wave from the mobile station 10 in each base station 12 and information on the position of each base station 12 that is known in advance, The position of the mobile station 10 is calculated.
 図5に戻って、移動履歴記録部58は、前記測位部56によって例えば数秒ごとなどの所定の周期で繰り返し算出される各移動局10の位置をその算出時刻とともに記録することにより、各移動局10の移動履歴を記録する。 Returning to FIG. 5, the movement history recording unit 58 records the position of each mobile station 10 that is repeatedly calculated by the positioning unit 56 at a predetermined cycle such as every several seconds together with the calculation time. 10 movement histories are recorded.
 図9はこの移動履歴記録部58による移動履歴の記録を説明する図である。図9において、点Pは前記測位部56によって算出されるある移動局10の時刻ごとの位置であり、線96は複数の点Pをその時間の経過に対応した順で結ぶことによって生成される移動履歴である。また、図10は、図9によって生成される移動履歴の一部を拡大したものであって、移動履歴記録部58による移動履歴の生成の位置手法を説明するものである。図10に示す様に、時刻tにおける移動局10の位置が点P、時刻tにおける移動局10の位置が点P、時刻tにおける移動局10の位置が点P、のように前記測位部56によって算出される場合において、移動履歴記録部58は例えばこれらの点P、P、Pを直線で結ぶことによって移動履歴96を生成し、その情報を記録する。この移動履歴記録部58による移動履歴の生成と記録は複数の移動局10のそれぞれについて行なわれる。なお、移動履歴記録部58による使用者の移動履歴の例を図9を用いて説明したが、移動履歴記録部58によって記録される使用者の移動履歴96は、測位の行なわれた時刻ごとの座標として記録されてもよい。 FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the recording of the movement history by the movement history recording unit 58. In FIG. 9, a point P is a position for each time of a certain mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56, and a line 96 is generated by connecting a plurality of points P in the order corresponding to the passage of time. It is a movement history. FIG. 10 is an enlarged view of a part of the movement history generated by FIG. 9 and illustrates a position method for generating the movement history by the movement history recording unit 58. As shown in FIG. 10, the position of mobile station 10 at time t 1 is point P 1 , the position of mobile station 10 at time t 2 is point P 2 , and the position of mobile station 10 at time t 3 is point P 3 . Thus, when calculated by the positioning unit 56, the movement history recording unit 58 generates a movement history 96 by connecting these points P 1 , P 2 and P 3 with straight lines, and records the information. The movement history is generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 for each of the plurality of mobile stations 10. Although an example of the user's movement history by the movement history recording unit 58 has been described with reference to FIG. 9, the user's movement history 96 recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 is recorded for each time when positioning is performed. It may be recorded as coordinates.
 図5に戻って、機器位置データベース部72は、共有機器16の位置が記憶される。具体的には例えば、予めその位置が測定され、共有機器の配置支援システム6の作動開始時に、ユーザにより予めサーバ14の入力装置53等を用いて入力され、機器位置データベース部72に記憶されてもよいし、共有機器16に移動局10を付しておき、前記測位部56によりその移動局10の位置を算出し、算出された位置を共有機器16の位置として機器位置データベース部72に記憶されてもよい。さらに具体的には、共有機器の大きさについても機器位置データベース部72により記憶されることにより、室内領域8において共有機器16の占める領域を記憶するようにしてもよい。さらに具体的には、共有機器の大きさについても機器位置データベース部72により記憶されることにより、室内領域8において共有機器16の占める領域を記憶するようにしてもよい。 Referring back to FIG. 5, the device position database unit 72 stores the position of the shared device 16. Specifically, for example, the position is measured in advance, and is input by the user in advance using the input device 53 of the server 14 and stored in the device position database unit 72 when the shared device arrangement support system 6 starts operating. Alternatively, the mobile station 10 is attached to the shared device 16, the position of the mobile station 10 is calculated by the positioning unit 56, and the calculated position is stored in the device position database unit 72 as the position of the shared device 16. May be. More specifically, the area occupied by the shared device 16 in the indoor region 8 may be stored by storing the size of the shared device by the device position database unit 72. More specifically, the area occupied by the shared device 16 in the indoor region 8 may be stored by storing the size of the shared device by the device position database unit 72.
 使用検出部68は、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された使用者の移動履歴96に基づいて、共有機器16が使用されたことを検出する。具体的には例えば、使用者が前記共有機器16の近傍として予め定められた共有機器使用判定領域90内に予め定められた所定の使用判定時間を上回って滞留した場合に、前記共有機器16が使用されたと判断する。この所定の使用判定時間は、例えば前記共有機器を使用するのに要する時間の最小値として算出された値とされ、前記共有機器16の種類ごとに予め定められる。また、前記共有機器使用判定領域90は、前記機器位置データベース部72に記憶された共有機器16の位置に関する情報に基づいて、例えば前記共有機器16の占める領域を所定の幅で囲む領域として設定され、例えば前記機器位置データベース部72に記憶される。この所定の幅は、前記共有機器16の使用時に使用者が存在しうる位置に基づいて、例えば1mのように決定される。 The use detecting unit 68 detects that the shared device 16 has been used based on the user's movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58. Specifically, for example, when the user stays in a shared device usage determination area 90 that is determined in the vicinity of the shared device 16 for a predetermined usage determination time, the shared device 16 is Judge that it was used. The predetermined use determination time is, for example, a value calculated as the minimum value of the time required to use the shared device, and is predetermined for each type of the shared device 16. The shared device usage determination area 90 is set as an area surrounding the area occupied by the shared device 16 with a predetermined width, for example, based on the information regarding the position of the shared device 16 stored in the device position database unit 72. For example, it is stored in the device position database unit 72. The predetermined width is determined to be 1 m, for example, based on a position where the user can exist when the shared device 16 is used.
 図11は、使用検出部68による使用の検出作動を説明する図である。図11(a)および(b)に示すように、共有機器16の周囲には共有機器使用判定領域90が設定される。このうち図11(a)は、例えば1mなどの所定の幅により共有機器16を囲むように設けられる共有機器使用判定領域90の例である。図11(b)は、共有機器16を中心とし、前記所定の大きさと半径する円状に設定される共有機器使用判定領域90の例である。特に、図11(b)の例においては、共有機器使用判定領域90は、共有機器16を中心とした半円状に設定されているが、これは、例えば前記共有機器16が例えば正面など所定の方向からのみ使用される機器である場合には、その共有機器16を使用する使用者は前記共有機器16の前記所定の方向側に位置するので、前記所定の方向にのみ共有機器使用判定領域90が設けられればよいためである。 FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the use detecting operation by the use detecting unit 68. As shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B, a shared device use determination area 90 is set around the shared device 16. Among these, FIG. 11A is an example of the shared device use determination area 90 provided so as to surround the shared device 16 with a predetermined width such as 1 m. FIG. 11B is an example of the shared device use determination area 90 that is set in a circular shape centered on the shared device 16 and having the predetermined size and radius. In particular, in the example of FIG. 11B, the shared device use determination area 90 is set in a semicircular shape centered on the shared device 16, which is a predetermined value such as the front of the shared device 16, for example. In the case where the device is used only from the direction, the user who uses the shared device 16 is located on the predetermined direction side of the shared device 16, and therefore the shared device use determination area only in the predetermined direction. This is because 90 may be provided.
 使用検出部68は、使用者がこの共有機器使用判定領域90に前記所定の使用判定時間を上回って滞留したか否かを判断する。具体的には、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記憶された移動履歴96に基づいて、使用者が最初に前記共有機器使用判定領域90に入った、すなわち図11のPINに位置した時刻tINから、前記共有機器使用判定領域90に最後に位置していた、すなわち図11のPOUTに位置した時刻tOUTまでの時間tOUT-tINを算出する。このように算出された時間tOUT-tINが前記所定の使用判定時間を上回っている場合においては、前記共有機器16の使用がされたと判断する。また、使用検出部68は、その使用を検出した場合に、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記憶された移動履歴96に基づいて、前記複数の移動局10の何れの移動履歴96に基づいて前記共有機器16の使用を検出したかに基づいて、共有機器16の使用者を特定する。この共有機器使用判定領域90が共有機器16の近傍領域に相当する。 The usage detection unit 68 determines whether or not the user has stayed in the shared device usage determination area 90 for more than the predetermined usage determination time. Specifically, based on the movement history 96 stored by the movement history recording unit 58, the time t IN when the user first enters the shared device use determination area 90, that is, is located at PIN in FIG. from the shared device using the determination region 90 was located in the end, that is, calculates the time t OUT -t iN until time t OUT located to P OUT of FIG. When the time t OUT -t IN calculated in this way exceeds the predetermined usage determination time, it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used. In addition, when the use detection unit 68 detects the use, the sharing detection unit 68 is based on the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58 and based on any movement history 96 of the plurality of mobile stations 10. Based on whether the use of the device 16 is detected, the user of the shared device 16 is specified. This shared device use determination area 90 corresponds to the vicinity area of the shared device 16.
 図5に戻って、始終点決定部66は、前記使用検出部68によって共有機器16の使用が検出された場合に、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された使用者の移動履歴に基づいて、共有機器16の使用に伴う移動、すなわち、前記使用が検出された共有機器16を使用するための共有機器16の位置への移動における始点と、および共有機器16を使用した後に元の位置などへ戻る移動における終点を決定する。具体的には、前記移動履歴記録部58に記憶された移動履歴96において、前記使用検出部68により使用が検出された直前に、予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留が検出された位置を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点と決定する。また、前記移動履歴記録部58に記憶された移動履歴96において、前記使用検出部68により使用が検出された直後に、予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留が検出された位置を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の終点と決定する。この始点および終点は、前記共有機器の非使用時における定常位置である定位置に対応するものであって、例えば事務所などにおける使用者自身の座席に対応するものである。また、前記所定の始終点判定時間は、前記定位置と使用が検出された共有機器16との間における立ち寄りなどを前記始点あるいは終点と判断しないような値、例えば20分のように設定される。また、前記滞留とは、単位時間あたりの移動距離が予め定められた所定の距離の範囲内である状態が予め定められた所定時間以上継続していることをいう。 Returning to FIG. 5, when the use detector 68 detects the use of the shared device 16, the start / end point determination unit 66 is based on the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit 58. Movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, that is, the starting point in moving to the position of the shared device 16 for using the shared device 16 for which the use has been detected, and the original position after using the shared device 16, etc. Determine the end point for the return movement. Specifically, in the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58, immediately before the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, a stay exceeding a predetermined start / end point determination time is detected. The determined position is determined as the starting point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16. In addition, in the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58, a position where a stay of a predetermined start / end point determination time or more is detected immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68 is detected. The end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 is determined. The start point and the end point correspond to a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device is not used, and correspond to the seat of the user himself / herself in an office, for example. In addition, the predetermined start / end determination time is set to a value that does not determine a stop or the like between the fixed position and the shared device 16 in which use is detected as the start point or the end point, for example, 20 minutes. . In addition, the retention means that a state where the moving distance per unit time is within a predetermined distance range continues for a predetermined time period.
 図12は、始終点決定部66による始点あるいは終点の決定作動を説明する図である。図12においては、ある使用者の移動履歴96において、時刻t=tにおいて点Pの位置にあった後、測位が行なわれる毎に、すなわち単位時間毎に、点P、点P、点P、点P、点Pの順で移動し、前記予め定められた始終点判定時間tth2だけ経過後であるt=t+tth2において点Pの位置にあったことを示している。ここで、この所定時間tth2における各単位時間あたりの移動距離、すなわち点Pと点Pとの距離に対応する前記使用者の移動量dAB、点Pと点Pとの距離に対応する前記使用者の移動量dBC、点Pと点Pとの距離に対応する前記使用者の移動量dCD、点Pと点Pとの距離に対応する前記使用者の移動量dDE、点Pと点Pとの距離に対応する前記使用者の移動量dEF、のいずれもが所定の距離を下回る状態が前記所定の始終点判定時間以上継続した場合には、その使用者の滞留があったことが判定され、その滞留が前記使用検出部68によって使用が検出された直前であれば、その滞留は使用に伴う移動の始点であると決定される。なお、図12においては、前記移動量dBC、dCD、dDE、dEFについては図示が省略されている。また、前記所定の距離とは、人間が静止していると判断しうる移動速度、例えば0.2m/sのように前記単位時間、すなわち使用者の位置の算出が行なわれる間隔時間に基づいて決定される。また、その滞留が前記使用検出部68によって使用が検出された直後であれば、その滞留は使用に伴う移動の終点であると決定される。 FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the start or end point determination operation by the start / end point determination unit 66. In Figure 12, the movement history 96 of a user, after an on position of point P A at time t = t A, each time the positioning is performed, i.e. for each unit time, the point P B, the point P C , Point P D , point P E , and point P F are moved in this order, and the position of point P F was at t = t A + t th2 after the predetermined start / end point determination time t th2 Is shown. Here, the distance of the moving distance per each unit time at a predetermined time t th2, i.e. the point P A movement amount of the user corresponding to the distance between the point P B d AB, the point P B and the point P C the user corresponding to the distance between the user of the amount of movement d BC, the point P C and the point the user of the movement amount d CD corresponding to the distance between P D, the point P D and the point P E corresponding to When the movement amount d DE of the user and the movement amount d EF of the user corresponding to the distance between the point P E and the point P F are both less than the predetermined distance continue for the predetermined start / end determination time It is determined that the user has stayed, and if the stay is just before the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, the stay is determined to be a starting point of movement accompanying use. . In FIG. 12, the movement amounts d BC , d CD , d DE , and d EF are not shown. Further, the predetermined distance is based on a moving speed at which a human can be determined to be stationary, for example, the unit time such as 0.2 m / s, that is, an interval time in which the position of the user is calculated. It is determined. Further, if the stay is immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, the stay is determined to be an end point of movement accompanying use.
 図5に戻って、移動行程抽出部62は、前記使用検出部68において共有機器16の使用が検出された場合において、前記始終点決定部66において決定された前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点についての情報に基づいて、前記移動履歴記録部58において生成され記憶された移動履歴96から前記共有機器16の移動にかかる行程を抽出し、その距離を算出する。 Returning to FIG. 5, when the use detection unit 68 detects the use of the shared device 16, the movement process extraction unit 62 moves according to the use of the shared device 16 determined by the start / end point determination unit 66. Based on the information about the starting point and the ending point, the travel history 96 is extracted from the travel history 96 generated and stored in the travel history recording unit 58, and the distance is calculated.
 具体的には、図9において、共有機器16の使用が検出され、点PSTARTおよび点PENDが、それぞれその共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点であると決定された場合において、移動行程抽出部62は、移動軌跡96のうち点PSTARTから点PENDまでを共有機器16の使用に伴う移動であると抽出し、その距離を算出する。ここで、前述の図10に示す様に、移動軌跡96は、測位部56によって算出された移動局10の位置に対応する点Pを直線で結んだものであるので、前記点PSTARTから点PENDまでの移動軌跡96の距離は、例えば点PSTARTから点PENDまでの移動軌跡96上の各点間の距離を合計することによって得られる。すなわち、図10の例でいえば点Pから点Pまでの距離は点Pと点Pとの距離d12と点Pと点Pとの距離d23との合計により得られる。 Specifically, in FIG. 9, when the use of the shared device 16 is detected, and the point P START and the point P END are determined to be the start point and the end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, respectively, The movement process extraction unit 62 extracts the movement from the point P START to the point P END from the movement locus 96 as movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, and calculates the distance. Here, as shown in FIG. 10 described above, since the movement locus 96 is a point P corresponding to the position of the mobile station 10 calculated by the positioning unit 56 obtained by connecting a straight line, the point from the point P START distance movement locus 96 up to P END is obtained by summing the distances between points on the moving track 96, for example from the point P START to the point P END. In other words, obtained by the sum of the distance d 23 between the distance d 12 and the point P 2 and the point P 3 of the distance from a point P 1 to the point P 3 speaking the point P 1 and point P 2 in the example of FIG. 10 It is done.
 図14は前記移動行程抽出部62によって算出される、共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離の例を説明する図である。図14に示す様に、移動行程抽出部62は、使用検出部68によって共有機器16の使用が検出されるごとに、その使用を識別するための番号として使用番号(使用No.)を付し、その使用番号ごとに共有機器16を使用した使用者と、算出された移動の距離(移動量)を関連付けてサーバ14の記憶装置50などに記憶する。 FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining an example of the distance of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extracting unit 62. As shown in FIG. 14, each time the use detection unit 68 detects the use of the shared device 16, the movement process extraction unit 62 attaches a use number (use number) as a number for identifying the use. The user who uses the shared device 16 for each use number is associated with the calculated movement distance (movement amount) and stored in the storage device 50 of the server 14 or the like.
 図5に戻って、合計演算部64は、予め設定された使用検出期間において前記移動行程抽出部62において算出された、共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離のうち、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者の使用に伴う移動の距離の合計と、前記複数の使用者ごとの使用の回数を算出する。この予め設定された使用検出期間は、共有機器16の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標を算出するのに十分な期間であって、例えば1日や1週間のように予め設定される値である。また、前記複数の使用者を選択するための前記予め設定された条件とは、例えば、予め予想される使用頻度が所定値以上であること、過去の一定期間における使用頻度が所定値以上であること、複数の共有機器16を使用すること、作業者など立ち回ることが多い職種であることなどである。具体的には、前記移動行程抽出部62によって算出され、前記図14のように記憶された情報のうち、前記使用検出期間における前記選択された複数の使用者の移動の距離の総和である実行程量を算出すると共に、使用者ごとの使用回数を算出する。 Returning to FIG. 5, the total calculation unit 64 performs the calculation based on a preset condition out of the movement distances associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 in the preset use detection period. The total of the distance of movement accompanying use of the plurality of selected users and the number of times of use for each of the plurality of users are calculated. The preset use detection period is a period sufficient to calculate an actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device 16, and is a value set in advance such as one day or one week. It is. In addition, the preset condition for selecting the plurality of users is, for example, that the usage frequency expected in advance is a predetermined value or more, and the usage frequency in a past fixed period is a predetermined value or more. In other words, the use of a plurality of shared devices 16, and occupations that are frequently used such as workers. Specifically, among the information calculated by the travel process extraction unit 62 and stored as shown in FIG. 14, the execution is the sum of the travel distances of the selected plurality of users in the use detection period. The amount is calculated and the number of uses for each user is calculated.
 図15は、この合計演算部64によって算出される前記使用者ごとの前記使用検出期間における共有機器16の使用回数を説明する図である。図15に示す様に、前記合計演算部64は、使用者ごとに共有機器16の使用回数を算出し、記憶する。 FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining the number of times the shared device 16 is used in the use detection period for each user calculated by the total calculation unit 64. As shown in FIG. 15, the total calculation unit 64 calculates and stores the number of uses of the shared device 16 for each user.
 実配置評価指標演算部60は、その共有機器16の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標を算出するものであって、前記移動行程抽出部62および合計演算部64を含んで構成される。実配置評価指標演算部60は、前記合計演算部64によって算出された実行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えば、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う実行程量の逆数を演算することにより、前記実配置評価指標を算出する。この場合、実配置評価指標が大きいほど、実行程量が少なく、配置がより効率的であることを示す。 The actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60 calculates an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device 16, and includes the travel process extraction unit 62 and the total calculation unit 64. Based on the execution amount calculated by the total operation unit 64, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 specifically calculates, for example, the reciprocal of the execution amount associated with the use of the shared device 16. The actual placement evaluation index is calculated. In this case, the larger the actual placement evaluation index, the smaller the execution amount and the more efficient the placement.
 このようにして実配置評価指標演算部60により算出された情報、すなわち、前記図14に示すような共有機器16の使用と、使用者、およびその使用に伴う移動の距離についての情報や、図15に示す様な前記使用検出期間における使用者ごとの前記共有機器16の使用回数についての情報、前記使用検出期間における共有機器16の使用に伴う実行程量についての情報、および前記実配置評価指標についての情報などは、移動距離データベース部76に記憶される。この実配置評価指標演算部60は、室内領域8に複数の共有機器16が存在する場合には、前記複数の共有機器16のそれぞれについて実配置評価指標の算出を行なう。 Information calculated in this way by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, that is, information about the use of the shared device 16 as shown in FIG. 14, the user, and the distance of movement associated with the use, 15, information on the number of uses of the shared device 16 for each user in the use detection period, information on the amount of execution associated with the use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period, and the actual placement evaluation index Is stored in the movement distance database unit 76. When there are a plurality of shared devices 16 in the indoor region 8, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 calculates an actual placement evaluation index for each of the plurality of shared devices 16.
 図16は、この実配置評価指標演算部60における実配置評価指標の演算制御作動における制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。ステップ(以下「ステップ」を省略する。)SC1においては、本フローチャートの開始から前記所定の使用検出期間が経過したか否かが判断される。本フローチャートの開始から前記所定の使用検出期間が経過した場合には本ステップの判断は肯定され、SC5以降が実行される。一方、本フローチャートの開始から前記所定の使用検出期間が経過していない場合には本ステップの判断は否定され、SC2以降が実行される。 FIG. 16 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation in the calculation control operation of the actual arrangement evaluation index in the actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60. In step (hereinafter, “step” is omitted) SC1, it is determined whether or not the predetermined use detection period has elapsed since the start of this flowchart. When the predetermined use detection period has elapsed from the start of this flowchart, the determination in this step is affirmed, and SC5 and subsequent steps are executed. On the other hand, if the predetermined use detection period has not elapsed since the start of this flowchart, the determination in this step is denied, and SC2 and subsequent steps are executed.
 使用検出部68に対応するSC2においては、共有機器16の使用が検出されたか否かが判断される。具体的には、前記移動履歴96を参照して、所定の前記共有機器使用判定領域90に所定の使用判定時間を上回る滞留があったか否かに基づいて、共有機器16の使用が検出される。共有機器16の使用が検出された場合には、本ステップの判断が肯定され、SC3が実行される。共有機器16の使用が検出されない場合においては、SC1以降が繰り返し実行され、再度機器の使用の検出が行なわれる。 In SC2 corresponding to the usage detection unit 68, it is determined whether or not the use of the shared device 16 is detected. Specifically, referring to the movement history 96, the use of the shared device 16 is detected based on whether or not the predetermined shared device usage determination area 90 has stayed for a predetermined usage determination time. If use of the shared device 16 is detected, the determination in this step is affirmed and SC3 is executed. When the use of the shared device 16 is not detected, the steps after SC1 are repeatedly executed, and the use of the device is detected again.
 始終点決定部66に対応するSC3においては、SC2において使用が検出された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点が決定される。具体的には例えば、前記移動履歴96において所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留、すなわち予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間における前記単位時間あたりの移動量がそれぞれ所定の距離の範囲内であったことを検出し、SC2において使用が検出された共有機器16の使用の直前における前記滞留を、その共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点と決定し、SC2において使用が検出された共有機器16の使用の直後における前記滞留を、その共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の終点と決定する。 In SC3 corresponding to the start / end point determination unit 66, a start point and an end point of movement accompanying use of the shared device 16 whose use is detected in SC2 are determined. Specifically, for example, the movement history 96 stays longer than a predetermined start / end determination time, that is, the amount of movement per unit time at a predetermined start / end determination time is within a predetermined distance. The retention immediately before the use of the shared device 16 whose use has been detected in SC2 is determined as the start point of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16, and the shared device 16 whose use has been detected in SC2 is determined. The dwelling immediately after the use of the shared device 16 is determined as the end point of the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16.
 移動行程抽出部62に対応するSC4においては、SC3において決定された始点および終点の位置についての情報と、前記移動履歴記録部58により記憶された移動履歴96についての情報に基づいて、SC2において使用が検出された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離が算出される。 In SC4 corresponding to the travel process extraction unit 62, the information is used in SC2 based on the information about the start point and the end point determined in SC3 and the information about the travel history 96 stored by the travel history recording unit 58. The distance of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in which is detected is calculated.
 一方、合計演算部64などに対応するSC5は、SC1の判断が行程された場合に実行されるステップである。SC1乃至SC4が所定の使用検出期間の間繰り返し実行されることによりSC3において算出される共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離のうち、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者の使用に伴う移動の距離の総和である実行程量が算出され、算出された実行程量に基づいて共有機器16の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標が算出される。また、前記使用検出期間における使用者毎の共有機器16の使用回数が算出される。 On the other hand, SC5 corresponding to the total calculation unit 64 and the like is a step executed when the determination of SC1 is performed. Use of a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition among the movement distances associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated in SC3 by repeatedly executing SC1 to SC4 for a predetermined use detection period The execution amount that is the sum of the distances of the movements associated with is calculated, and an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device 16 is calculated based on the calculated execution amount. Further, the number of uses of the shared device 16 for each user during the use detection period is calculated.
 続くSC6においては、SC5において算出された共有機器16の使用に伴う実行程量や、実配置評価指標についての情報、また、前記使用検出期間における使用者毎の共有機器16の使用回数についての情報が移動距離データベース部76に記憶される。 In the subsequent SC6, the information about the execution amount associated with the use of the shared device 16 calculated in SC5, the actual placement evaluation index, and the number of times of use of the shared device 16 for each user in the use detection period. Is stored in the movement distance database unit 76.
 なお、この図16のフローチャートは、前述の測位部56に対応する図7のフローチャートと並行して実行されても良いし、図7のフローチャートが前記所定の使用検出期間だけ実行され、前記移動履歴記録部58によって移動履歴96が生成され記憶された後に実行されてもよい。 The flowchart of FIG. 16 may be executed in parallel with the flowchart of FIG. 7 corresponding to the positioning unit 56 described above, or the flowchart of FIG. 7 is executed only during the predetermined use detection period, and the movement history It may be executed after the movement history 96 is generated and stored by the recording unit 58.
 また、図16のフローチャートは、複数の共有機器16が存在する場合には、複数の共有機器16のそれぞれについて実行することができる。この場合、複数の共有機器16のそれぞれについて、図16のフローチャートはそれぞれ並行して実行されることができる。 Also, the flowchart of FIG. 16 can be executed for each of the plurality of shared devices 16 when there are a plurality of shared devices 16. In this case, the flowchart of FIG. 16 can be executed in parallel for each of the plurality of shared devices 16.
 図5に戻って、表示制御部84は、前記実配置評価指標演算部60によって算出された実配置評価指標についての情報などを、サーバ14の有する出力装置54などに表示させる。図18はこの表示制御部84によってサーバ14の出力装置54に表示される表示86Aの一例を説明する図である。 Returning to FIG. 5, the display control unit 84 causes the output device 54 of the server 14 to display information about the actual placement evaluation index calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display 86A displayed on the output device 54 of the server 14 by the display control unit 84.
 図17は、本実施例における共有機器の配置支援システム6の全体についての制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。まず、実配置評価指標演算部60に対応するSD1においては、実配置評価指標の算出が行なわれるべく、図16のフローチャートが実行される。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 in this embodiment. First, in SD1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index.
 続いて、表示制御部84に対応するSD2においては、SD1で算出された実配置評価指標などについての情報が、サーバ14の表示装置54などに表示される。 Subsequently, in SD2 corresponding to the display control unit 84, information on the actual placement evaluation index calculated in SD1 is displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14, and the like.
 続くSD3においては、操作者による実配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力があったか否かが判断される。例えば、算出された実配置評価指標がSD2において表示されたのを受け、操作者が共有機器16の位置を変更した場合に、その操作者が位置を変更した後の共有機器16の実配置評価指標を算出させるために再度の実配置指数の算出作動の実行指令がサーバ14の入力装置53などにより行なわれる。この実行指令が検出された場合には、操作者による実配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力があったとして本ステップの判断が行程され、SD1以降が繰り返し実行される。一方、この実行指令が検出されない場合には、操作者による実配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力がないとして、本フローチャートは終了させられる。 In the subsequent SD3, it is determined whether or not there is an input as to whether or not the operation of calculating the actual placement evaluation index is executed again by the operator. For example, when the calculated actual placement evaluation index is displayed in SD2, and the operator changes the position of the shared device 16, the actual placement evaluation of the shared device 16 after the operator changes the position. In order to calculate the index, a command to execute the actual placement index calculation operation again is issued by the input device 53 of the server 14 or the like. When this execution command is detected, the determination of this step is performed on the assumption that there is an input as to whether or not the operation of calculating the actual placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator, and SD1 and the subsequent steps are repeatedly executed. On the other hand, when this execution command is not detected, this flowchart is ended on the assumption that there is no input as to whether or not the operation for calculating the actual placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator.
 前述の実施例によれば、共有機器の最適配置支援システム6において、前記移動局10の位置が前記共有機器16を使用する複数の使用者のそれぞれの位置として前記測位部56によって検出され、該測位部56によって検出される前記使用者の移動履歴96が前記移動履歴記録部58により記録され、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された前記使用者の移動履歴96のうち、前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動が抽出され、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SD1)により予め設定された所定期間内における前記抽出された使用に伴う移動の移動量のうち、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者の使用に伴う移動量の総和が実行程量として算出され、算出された実行程量に基づいて前記共有機器16の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標が算出されるので、前記共有機器16の設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である実行程量が、前記位置検出部56によって検出される使用者の位置に基づいて算出される。 According to the above-described embodiment, in the optimum arrangement support system 6 for shared devices, the position of the mobile station 10 is detected by the positioning unit 56 as the respective positions of a plurality of users who use the shared device 16, The user's movement history 96 detected by the positioning unit 56 is recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. Of the user's movement history 96 recorded by the movement history recording unit 58, the shared device 16 is selected. The movement of the user who has used the user is extracted, and is set in advance among the movement amount of the extracted movement in the predetermined period set in advance by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SD1). The total amount of movement associated with the use of a plurality of users selected according to the selected condition is calculated as an execution amount, and the shared device 1 is based on the calculated execution amount. Since an actual placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device 16 is calculated, an execution amount that is an index that quantitatively indicates whether the installation position of the shared device 16 is efficient is the position detection unit 56. Is calculated based on the position of the user detected by.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SD1)は、前記共有機器16が使用されたこと、すなわち使用状態であったことを推定もしくは検出する前記使用検出部68(SC2)を含み、該使用検出部68により前記共有機器16の使用が推定もしくは検出された場合に、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動が発生したとして前記使用者の移動履歴96からの抽出を行なうので、共有機器16が使用検知のための手段あるいは使用が検知されたことをサーバ14に伝達する手段を有することなく前記共有機器16の使用を検出することができるとともに、実配置評価指標演算部60は使用者の移動履歴のうち、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動履歴の抽出を精度よく行なうことができる。 Further, according to the above-described embodiment, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SD1) estimates or detects that the shared device 16 is used, that is, is in use. (SC2), and when the use detection unit 68 estimates or detects the use of the shared device 16, it is extracted from the movement history 96 of the user that the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 has occurred. Therefore, it is possible to detect the use of the shared device 16 without having a means for detecting the use of the shared device 16 or a means for notifying the server 14 that the use has been detected. The calculation unit 60 can accurately extract the movement history associated with the use of the shared device 16 from the movement history of the user.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記使用検出部68(SC2)は、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された使用者の移動履歴96において、予め記憶された前記共有機器16の近傍領域である共有機器使用判定領域90に所定の使用判定時間以上の滞留があった場合に、前記共有機器16の使用があったと判断するので、使用者の移動履歴96に基づいて該使用者による前記共有機器16の使用の有無を判断することができる。 Further, according to the above-described embodiment, the use detection unit 68 (SC2) is located in the area near the shared device 16 stored in advance in the user movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58. When the shared device usage determination area 90 stays for a predetermined usage determination time or longer, it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used. Therefore, the sharing by the user based on the movement history 96 of the user is determined. Whether or not the device 16 is used can be determined.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SD1)は、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する始終点決定部66(SC3)を有し、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の移動履歴96のうち、該始終点決定部66によって決定された始点から前記共有機器16まで、および前記共有機器16から該始終点決定部66によって決定された終点までの移動を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動であるとして抽出するので、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴96から前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 Further, according to the above-described embodiment, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SD1) includes the start / end point determination unit 66 (SC3) that determines the start point and the end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16. Of the movement history 96 of the user who used the shared device 16 recorded by the movement history recording unit 58, from the start point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 to the shared device 16, and the shared device 16 To the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is extracted as the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, so that from the movement history 96 of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. Movements associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SC3)は、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する始終点決定部66を有し、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の移動履歴のうち、該始終点決定部66によって決定された始点から前記共有機器16まで、および前記共有機器16から該始終点決定部によって決定された終点までの移動を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動であるとして抽出するので、前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴96から前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 In addition, according to the above-described embodiment, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SC3) includes the start / end point determination unit 66 that determines a start point and an end point of movement associated with use of the shared device 16, and the movement Of the movement history of the user using the shared device 16 recorded by the history recording unit 58, from the start point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 to the shared device 16, and from the shared device 16 to the start / end point Since the movement to the end point determined by the determination unit is extracted as the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16, the movement history 96 of each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 is used for the sharing device 16. Movements associated with use can be extracted.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記始終点決定部66(SC3)は、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された移動履歴96において、前記共有機器16の使用の直前および直後にそれぞれ予め設定された所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所を始点および終点として決定するので、前記所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所に基づいて前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴から前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 Further, according to the above-described embodiment, the start / end point determination unit 66 (SC3) is set in advance in the movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, immediately before and after use of the shared device 16, respectively. Since the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time is determined as the start point and the end point, it is recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 based on the location where the stay is longer than the predetermined start / end determination time. In addition, the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted from the movement history of each user.
 続いて、本発明の別の実施例について説明する。なお実施例相互に共通する部分については同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。 Subsequently, another embodiment of the present invention will be described. In addition, about the part which is common between Example, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and description is abbreviate | omitted.
 本実施例においては、サーバ14は、予測配置評価指標演算部74を有する(図5参照)。予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記移動行程抽出部62によって算出され移動距離データベース部76に記憶された前記共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについての移動の距離についての情報と、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置候補についての情報とに基づいて、前記共有機器16を前記新たな設置位置候補の位置に設置した場合の、前記共有機器16の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標を算出する。 In the present embodiment, the server 14 includes a predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 (see FIG. 5). The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates information about the distance of movement for each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 and stored in the movement distance database unit 76, and the shared device 16. Based on the information about the new installation position candidate, a predicted arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared apparatus 16 when the shared apparatus 16 is installed at the position of the new installation position candidate is calculated. .
 図19は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動の一例を説明する図である。本図に従って、具体的な予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出を説明する。まず、前記実配置評価指標演算部60の実行時における共有機器16の設置位置16(以下、従来設置位置という。)と、前記共有機器16を移動して設置しようとする位置である新たな設置位置候補101との共有機器移動距離102を、本実施例では例えば5mのように算出する。この共有機器移動距離102は前記従来設置位置16と新たな設置位置候補101との直線距離である。そして、前記実配置評価指標演算部60の移動行程抽出部62によって算出される、前記使用検出期間における共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについての、その使用に伴う移動の距離(図14参照)に、前記共有機器移動距離102を2倍したものを加減算し、これを、前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離として算出する。このとき、図19のように新たな設置位置候補101が共有機器16の使用に伴う移動軌跡96上にない場合には、その使用に伴う移動の距離に前記共有機器移動距離102を2倍した値を加算する。一方、新たな設置位置候補101が共有機器16の使用に伴う移動軌跡96上にある場合には、その使用に伴う移動の距離に前記共有機器移動距離102を2倍した値を減算する。図20は、このようにして算出された前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離の予測値を共有機器の使用ごとに表したものである。図20における使用番号は、図14の使用番号と対応する様になっている。 FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of the operation of calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculating unit 74 in the present embodiment. The calculation of the predicted placement evaluation index by the specific predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the installation position 16 of the shared device 16 (hereinafter referred to as a conventional installation position) at the time of execution of the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 and a new installation that is a position where the shared device 16 is to be moved and installed. In this embodiment, the shared device movement distance 102 with the position candidate 101 is calculated as 5 m, for example. The shared device moving distance 102 is a linear distance between the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101. And the distance (refer FIG. 14) of the movement accompanying the use about each use of the shared apparatus 16 in the said use detection period calculated by the movement process extraction part 62 of the said real arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part 60 (refer FIG. 14), A value obtained by doubling the shared device movement distance 102 is added and subtracted, and this is calculated as a movement distance associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position candidate 101. At this time, if the new installation position candidate 101 is not on the movement locus 96 associated with the use of the shared device 16 as shown in FIG. 19, the shared device movement distance 102 is doubled to the distance of the movement associated with the use. Add values. On the other hand, when the new installation position candidate 101 is on the movement locus 96 associated with the use of the shared device 16, a value obtained by doubling the shared device movement distance 102 is subtracted from the movement distance associated with the use. FIG. 20 shows the predicted value of the distance of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position candidate 101 calculated in this way for each use of the shared device. The usage numbers in FIG. 20 correspond to the usage numbers in FIG.
 そして、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、算出された前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離の予測値の総和を予測行程量として算出し、算出された予測行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えばこの予測行程量の逆数を演算することにより前記予測位置指標を算出する。 Then, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates and calculates the sum of the predicted values of the distances of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the calculated new installation position candidate 101 as the predicted stroke amount. Based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, the predicted position index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
 図21は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74の制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。まず、SE1においては、移動距離データベース部(移動距離DBとも略記する。)76に記憶された、前記実指標演算部60によって算出された共有機器16の使用のそれぞれにかかる移動の距離、および前記共有機器移動距離102に基づいて、前記新たな設置位置候補101に共有機器が設置された場合における共有機器の使用のそれぞれにかかる移動の距離の予測値が算出される予測移動距離算出ルーチンが実行される。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment. First, in SE1, the distance of movement according to each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the actual index calculation unit 60, stored in the movement distance database unit (abbreviated as movement distance DB) 76, and Based on the shared device movement distance 102, a predicted movement distance calculation routine is executed in which a predicted value of the movement distance for each use of the shared device when a shared device is installed at the new installation position candidate 101 is executed. Is done.
 続くSE2においては、SE1において算出された、共有機器16の使用のそれぞれにかかる移動の距離の予測値の総和である予測行程量が算出され、算出された実行程量に基づいて共有機器16の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標が算出される。 In the subsequent SE2, a predicted stroke amount that is a sum of predicted movement distances for each use of the shared device 16 calculated in SE1 is calculated. Based on the calculated execution stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating placement is calculated.
 図22は、このSE1において実行される予測移動距離算出ルーチンを説明するフローチャートである。まず、SF1においては、共有機器移動距離102、すなわち、共有機器16の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置候補101との直線距離が算出される。 FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining a predicted movement distance calculation routine executed in SE1. First, in SF1, the shared device moving distance 102, that is, the linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position candidate 101 is calculated.
 続くSF2においては、移動距離データベース部76に例えば図14のように記録された、共有機器16の使用の1つについて、その使用に伴う移動の距離の値が読み出される。 In the subsequent SF2, for one of the uses of the shared device 16 recorded in the movement distance database unit 76 as shown in FIG. 14, for example, the value of the movement distance associated with the use is read.
 SF3においては、前記SF2において読み出された使用に伴う移動の距離に、SF1において算出された共有機器移動距離102を2倍した値が加減算される。すなわち、前述の様に、新たな設置位置候補101が前記SF2において移動の距離を読み出した使用に伴う移動の軌跡上にある場合には、前記共有機器移動距離102を2倍した値が減算され、新たな設置位置候補101が前記SF2において移動の距離を読み出した使用に伴う移動の軌跡上にない場合には、前記共有機器移動距離102を2倍した値が加算される。 In SF3, a value obtained by doubling the shared device movement distance 102 calculated in SF1 is added to or subtracted from the movement distance associated with the use read in SF2. That is, as described above, when the new installation position candidate 101 is on the movement trajectory associated with the use in which the movement distance is read in SF2, a value obtained by doubling the shared apparatus movement distance 102 is subtracted. If the new installation position candidate 101 is not on the movement locus associated with the use of reading the movement distance in SF2, a value obtained by doubling the shared apparatus movement distance 102 is added.
 SF4においては、前記実配置評価指標演算部60において移動行程抽出部62が抽出した前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の全てについて、SF2およびSF3が実行され、使用に伴う移動の距離の予測値が算出されたか否かが判断される。前記使用に伴う移動の全てについてSF2およびSF3が実行された場合には、本ステップの判断が肯定され、本ルーチンは終了させられる。一方、前記使用に伴う移動の全てについてSF2およびSF3が実行されていない場合には、本ステップの判断が否定され、SF5において、未だSF2およびSF3を実行していない前記使用について実行するように設定され、繰り返しSF2及びSF3が実行させられる。 In SF4, SF2 and SF3 are executed for all the movements associated with the use of the shared device 16 extracted by the movement process extraction unit 62 in the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the predicted value of the movement distance associated with the use. Whether or not is calculated is determined. When SF2 and SF3 are executed for all the movements associated with the use, the determination at this step is affirmed and the routine is terminated. On the other hand, if SF2 and SF3 are not executed for all of the movements associated with the use, the determination of this step is denied, and in SF5, setting is made to execute the use for which SF2 and SF3 have not been executed yet. And SF2 and SF3 are repeatedly executed.
 図23は、本実施例における共有機器の配置支援システム6の全体についての制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。まず、実配置評価指標演算部60に対応するSG1においては、実配置評価指標の算出が行なわれるべく、図16のフローチャートが実行される。本ステップは図17のSD1と同様である。 FIG. 23 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present embodiment. First, in SG1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index. This step is the same as SD1 in FIG.
 SG2においては、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置候補101の位置についての情報が読み込まれる。この新たな設置位置候補101の位置は、例えば操作者によってサーバ14の入力装置53などによって入力される。 In SG2, information on the position of the new installation position candidate 101 of the shared device 16 is read. The position of the new installation position candidate 101 is input by, for example, the input device 53 of the server 14 by the operator.
 予測配置評価指標演算部74に対応するSG3においては、予測配置評価指標を演算するための処理、具体的には前述の図21のフローチャートが実行される。 In SG3 corresponding to the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74, processing for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index, specifically, the flowchart of FIG. 21 described above is executed.
 表示制御部84に対応するSG4においては、SG3において算出された予測配置評価指標についての情報や、SG1において算出された実配置評価指標についての情報が、例えばサーバ14の表示装置(出力装置)54などに表示される。図24はこの表示制御部84によってサーバ14の出力装置54に表示される表示86Bの一例を説明する図である。例えば図24に示す様に、前記実配置評価指標についての情報と前記予測配置評価指標についての情報とを表示することにより、操作者に比較可能に表示することができる。 In SG4 corresponding to the display control unit 84, information on the predicted placement evaluation index calculated in SG3 and information on the actual placement evaluation index calculated in SG1 are, for example, the display device (output device) 54 of the server 14. Is displayed. FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display 86B displayed on the output device 54 of the server 14 by the display control unit 84. For example, as shown in FIG. 24, the information about the actual placement evaluation index and the information about the predicted placement evaluation index can be displayed so that they can be compared with the operator.
 続くSG5においては、操作者による予測配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力があったか否かが判断される。例えば、SG3において算出された予測配置評価指標がSG4において表示されたのを受け、操作者が新たな設置位置候補として設定した位置を変更し、変更後の新たな設置位置候補について再度予測配置評価指標を算出させるために再度の予測配置指数の算出作動の実行指令がサーバ14の入力装置53などにより行なわれる。この実行指令が検出された場合には、操作者による予測配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力があったとして本ステップの判断が行程され、SG2以降が繰り返し実行される。一方、この実行指令が検出されない場合には、操作者による予測配置評価指標の算出作動を再度実行するかの入力がないとして、本フローチャートは終了させられる。 In the subsequent SG5, it is determined whether or not there has been an input as to whether or not the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator. For example, in response to the predicted placement evaluation index calculated in SG3 being displayed in SG4, the position set by the operator as a new installation position candidate is changed, and the predicted placement evaluation is performed again for the new installation position candidate after the change. In order to calculate the index, a command for executing the operation for calculating the predicted placement index again is issued by the input device 53 of the server 14 or the like. When this execution command is detected, the determination of this step is performed on the assumption that the operation of calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the operator is performed again, and SG2 and the subsequent steps are repeatedly executed. On the other hand, when this execution command is not detected, this flowchart is ended on the assumption that there is no input as to whether or not the calculation operation of the predicted placement evaluation index is performed again by the operator.
 本実施例によれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74(SG3)により、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SG1)によって抽出される前記共有機器16を使用した使用ごとのその使用に伴う移動の距離に基づいて、前記共有機器16を新たな設置位置である新たな設置位置候補101に設置した場合における、予め設定された所定使用検出期間内における前記使用者の前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動量の、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による使用についての総和が予測行程量として算出され、算出された予測行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標が算出されるので、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測行程量が、前記位置検出部によって検出される使用者の位置、および前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器の使用ごとのその使用に伴う使用者の移動の距離などに基づいて算出される。 According to the present embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 (SG3) moves with each use using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SG1). When the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position candidate 101 that is a new installation position based on the distance of the user, the user can use the shared device 16 within a preset predetermined use detection period. A total for use by a plurality of users selected according to a preset condition is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and the arrangement of the shared device is evaluated based on the calculated predicted stroke amount Since the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated, the predicted stroke amount, which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the new installation position of the shared device 16 is efficient, is Position of the user detected by the detection unit, and the is calculated based on the distance of the movement of the user associated with their use for each use of the shared device to be extracted by the actual allocation evaluation index computing unit.
 また、前述の実施例によれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74(SG3)は、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SG1)によって抽出された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器16の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置101との間の直線距離である共有機器移動距離102を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器16を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部60による演算結果と前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置101との間の直線距離102とに基づいて算出することができる。 Moreover, according to the above-mentioned Example, the said prediction arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part 74 (SG3) uses the said user who used the said shared apparatus 16 extracted by the said real arrangement | positioning evaluation index calculating part 60 (SG1). The new installation position 101 is obtained by adding or subtracting the shared apparatus movement distance 102 which is a linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared apparatus 16 and the new installation position 101 to each of the movement amounts of the movement associated with Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance as the amount of movement of the user using the shared device 16 installed in the user is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, When the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position, a predicted arrangement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is used as the actual arrangement evaluation index. It can be calculated based on the calculation result of calculation portion 60 and the straight line distance 102 between the conventional installation position and the new installation position 101 of the shared device.
 本実施例は、使用検出部68の別の態様に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された使用者の移動履歴96に基づいて、使用者が前記共有機器16の近傍として予め定められた共有機器使用判定領域90内に予め定められた所定の使用判定時間を上回って滞留したことに基づいて、共有機器16の使用を検出した。本実施例においては、使用検出部68は、使用者の移動履歴96に基づいて、使用者が前記共有機器16を折返点とする往復移動を行なわれたかを検出し、往復移動がおこなわれた場合に、その共有機器16が使用されたことを検出する。 This example relates to another aspect of the use detecting unit 68. In the above-described embodiment, based on the user's movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, the user enters the shared device usage determination area 90 that is predetermined as the vicinity of the shared device 16 in advance. The use of the shared device 16 was detected based on the fact that the user stayed longer than a predetermined use determination time. In the present embodiment, the use detection unit 68 detects whether the user has made a reciprocating movement with the shared device 16 as a turning point based on the user's movement history 96, and the reciprocating movement has been performed. In this case, it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used.
 使用検出部68の具体的な作動について前述の図9を用いて説明する。使用検出部68は、まず、移動履歴96において、前記共有機器使用判定領域90を通過した箇所があるか否かを判断する。この共有機器使用判定領域90は前述の図11において説明したものであって、例えば共有機器16の占める領域を所定の幅で囲む領域として設定され、例えば前記機器位置データベース部72に記憶されるものである。このとき、先の実施例と異なり、共有機器使用判定領域90に使用者が存在する時間の長さは問題としない。 The specific operation of the usage detector 68 will be described with reference to FIG. The usage detection unit 68 first determines whether or not there is a location in the movement history 96 that has passed through the shared device usage determination area 90. The shared device use determination area 90 is the same as that described in FIG. 11 described above. For example, the shared apparatus use determination area 90 is set as an area surrounding the area occupied by the shared apparatus 16 with a predetermined width, and is stored in, for example, the apparatus location database unit 72 It is. At this time, unlike the previous embodiment, the length of time that the user exists in the shared device use determination area 90 does not matter.
 そして、移動履歴96において前記共有機器使用判定領域90を通過した場合に、その通過の直前および直後において予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留が検出された位置をそれぞれ検出する。この滞留の検出は前述の実施例における始終点決定部66が行なったのと同様にして行なわれる。 Then, in the movement history 96, when the shared device usage determination area 90 is passed, positions where stays longer than a predetermined start / end determination time are detected immediately before and after the passage are detected. This stay detection is performed in the same manner as the start / end point determination unit 66 in the above-described embodiment.
 さらに、検出された通過直前の滞留位置と通過直後の滞留位置とが同一の位置にある、あるいは、通過直前の滞留位置と通過直後の滞留位置との距離が予め定められた所定距離よりも短く同一の位置であるとみなすことができる、のいずれかを満たすかが判断される。図9の例で言えば、そして、通過直前の滞留位置PSTARTと通過直後の滞留位置PENDとが同一の位置にある、あるいは同一の位置とみなすことができると判断される場合には、使用者が前記共有機器16の位置を折り返しとする往復移動を行なったとして、使用者により共有機器16の使用が行なわれたと検出する。 Further, the detected stay position immediately before passing and the stay position immediately after passing are in the same position, or the distance between the stay position immediately before passing and the stay position immediately after passing is shorter than a predetermined distance. A determination is made as to whether any of the positions that can be regarded as the same position is satisfied. In the example of FIG. 9, when it is determined that the stay position P START immediately before passing and the stay position P END immediately after passing are in the same position or can be regarded as the same position, Assuming that the user has made a reciprocating movement with the position of the shared device 16 turned back, it is detected that the user has used the shared device 16.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記使用検出部68は、前記移動履歴記録部58に記録された使用者の移動履歴96において、予め記憶された前記共有機器16の近傍領域、すなわち共有機器使用判定領域90との往復移動があった場合に、前記共有機器16の使用があったと判断するので、使用者の移動履歴96に基づいて該使用者による前記共有機器16の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the usage detection unit 68 determines the pre-stored neighborhood area of the shared device 16 in the user movement history 96 recorded in the movement history recording unit 58, that is, the shared device usage determination. Since it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used when there is a reciprocating movement with the area 90, it is determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used by the user based on the movement history 96 of the user. Can do.
 本実施例は、使用検出部68の別の態様における作動に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、使用検出部68は移動履歴記録部58により生成され記録された移動履歴96に基づいて共有機器16の使用の有無を検出した。一方、本実施例においては、使用検出部68は、共有機器16の有する使用検知部114による検知結果に基づいて、共有機器16の使用が行なわれたことを検出する。 This example relates to the operation of the usage detector 68 in another mode. In the above-described embodiment, the usage detection unit 68 detects whether the shared device 16 is used based on the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the usage detection unit 68 detects that the shared device 16 has been used based on the detection result by the usage detection unit 114 of the shared device 16.
 図25は、本実施例における共有機器16の有する構成の一例を説明するブロック図である。図25において機能部116は、共有機器16の本来的に有する機能を発揮するためのものであって、例えば共有機器16がプリンタであれば、印字機能を実現するための部分である。 FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the shared device 16 in the present embodiment. In FIG. 25, a functional unit 116 is for demonstrating the function inherently possessed by the shared device 16. For example, if the shared device 16 is a printer, the functional unit 116 is a part for realizing a printing function.
 使用検知部114は、その使用検知部114を内部に有する共有機器16が使用されたことを検知するものであって、その共有機器16を使用する際に使用者が存在する位置に人が存在するか否かを検出する人検知センサを含んで構成される。 The usage detection unit 114 detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detection unit 114 is used, and there is a person at the position where the user exists when using the shared device 16. It is comprised including the human detection sensor which detects whether it does.
 例えば、共有機器16には、その種類に応じて、その共有機器16を使用する際に使用者が位置しうる領域が定義される。具体的には、前記共有機器16がコピー機やファクシミリであれば、使用者は通常操作パネルを操作し、原稿を所定位置にセットするために、そのコピー機やファクシミリの使用者はコピー機やファクシミリに正対する位置に立つことが通常である。すなわち、コピー機やファクシミリについて言えば、使用する際に使用者が位置する領域は、そのコピー機やファクシミリに正対する一定の領域になる。また、前記共有機器16を使用する際に使用者が位置する領域は共有機器16の種類によって異なる。前記使用検知部114を構成する人検知センサは、このように使用者が共有機器16を使用する際に位置し得る領域に存在することを検出し、その検出を行なわれたことによりその共有機器16が使用されたことを検知する。この人検知センサが人を検知する範囲が、共有機器16の近傍に相当する。 For example, in the shared device 16, an area where the user can be located when using the shared device 16 is defined according to the type. Specifically, if the shared device 16 is a copier or a facsimile, the user usually operates the operation panel to set the original at a predetermined position. It is usual to stand at a position facing the facsimile. In other words, in the case of a copier or facsimile, the area where the user is located when using it is a certain area facing the copier or facsimile. The area where the user is located when using the shared device 16 varies depending on the type of the shared device 16. The human detection sensor constituting the use detection unit 114 detects that the user exists in an area where the user can use the shared device 16 as described above, and the shared device is detected by performing the detection. 16 is used. A range in which the person detection sensor detects a person corresponds to the vicinity of the shared device 16.
 また、前記使用検知部114を構成する人検知センサとしては、具体的には例えば、超音波センサ、赤外線センサ、画像センサなどが用いられる。なお、人検知センサとしては、これらの超音波センサ、赤外線センサ、画像センサに限られず、所定の領域に使用者が存在しているか否かを検出することのできるセンサであれば、検出の方法や手段が限定されるものではない。 As the human detection sensor constituting the use detection unit 114, specifically, an ultrasonic sensor, an infrared sensor, an image sensor, or the like is used. The human detection sensor is not limited to these ultrasonic sensors, infrared sensors, and image sensors, and any detection method can be used as long as it can detect whether a user is present in a predetermined area. The means are not limited.
 通信インタフェース112は、共有機器16が使用されたことを使用検知部114が検知した場合に、その使用を検知したことをサーバ14の使用検出部(図5参照)に通知するためのものである。例えば、サーバ14の通信インタフェース46との間を通信可能に接続する通信ケーブル20を介した通信により共有機器16が使用されたことがサーバ14に通知される。なお、例えば前記共有機器16がネットワーク接続機能を有するプリンタ、すなわち、ネットワークにより接続されたコンピュータにより印刷のための指示を受け付けることが可能なプリンタであるような場合のように、共有機器16が通信インタフェースを有している場合には、その通信インタフェースを利用してもよい。 The communication interface 112 is for notifying the use detecting unit (see FIG. 5) of the server 14 that the use is detected when the use detecting unit 114 detects that the shared device 16 is used. . For example, the server 14 is notified that the shared device 16 has been used by communication via the communication cable 20 that is communicably connected to the communication interface 46 of the server 14. For example, the shared device 16 communicates as in the case where the shared device 16 is a printer having a network connection function, that is, a printer capable of receiving an instruction for printing by a computer connected via a network. If an interface is provided, the communication interface may be used.
 一方、サーバ14の使用検出部68(図5参照)は、前述の実施例と異なり、共有機器16の使用が検知された旨の通信が、前記共有機器16から例えば通信ケーブル20を介した通信により伝達されることに基づいて、共有機器16の使用が行なわれたことを検出する。そして、共有機器16の使用が行なわれたことが検出されると、前記移動履歴記録部58によって生成され記録された移動履歴96に基づいて、例えば前記共有機器16の使用が検出された際に最も前記共有機器16に近い位置に存在した使用者が前記共有機器16の使用を行なったものであるとして、前記始終点決定部66、実配置評価指標演算部60などの作動を実行させる。 On the other hand, the use detection unit 68 (see FIG. 5) of the server 14 is different from the above-described embodiment in that communication indicating that the use of the shared device 16 is detected is communicated from the shared device 16 via the communication cable 20, for example. It is detected that the use of the shared device 16 has been performed based on the information transmitted by. When it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used, for example, when the use of the shared device 16 is detected based on the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58. Assuming that the user who is closest to the shared device 16 uses the shared device 16, the start / end point determination unit 66, the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the like are operated.
 図26は、共有機器16における使用検出のための制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。使用検知部114に対応するSH1においては、使用検知部114を構成するセンサが、前記共有機器16を使用する際に位置し得る領域に使用者が存在することを検出したか否かに基づいて、その共有機器16が使用されたか否かが判断される。そして、共有機器16が使用された場合には、本ステップの判断は肯定され、SH2が実行される。一方、共有機器16が使用されい場合には、SH1が再度実行され、共有機器16が使用されたか否かの判断が繰り返し行なわれる。 FIG. 26 is a flowchart for explaining an example of a control operation for use detection in the shared device 16. In SH1 corresponding to the usage detection unit 114, based on whether or not the sensor constituting the usage detection unit 114 has detected that a user is present in an area where the shared device 16 can be used. Then, it is determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used. When the shared device 16 is used, the determination at this step is affirmed and SH2 is executed. On the other hand, if the shared device 16 is not used, SH1 is executed again, and it is repeatedly determined whether or not the shared device 16 has been used.
 通信インタフェース112に対応するSH2においては、SH1において共有機器16の使用が検出された旨が、共有機器16からサーバ14へ送信される。 In SH2 corresponding to the communication interface 112, the fact that the use of the shared device 16 is detected in SH1 is transmitted from the shared device 16 to the server 14.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記共有機器16は、該共有機器16の近傍に使用者の有無を検知する使用検知部114としての人検知センサを有し、前記使用検出部68は該人検知センサにより該共有機器16の近傍、すなわち共有機器16を使用する際に位置し得る領域に使用者が検出された場合に前記共有機器16の使用があったと判断するので、前記人検知センサにより共有機器16の近傍に使用者が存在するか否かに基づいて前記共有機器16の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the shared device 16 includes the human detection sensor as the usage detection unit 114 that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device 16, and the usage detection unit 68 includes the human detection. Since it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used when a user is detected in the vicinity of the shared device 16 by the sensor, that is, in a region where the shared device 16 can be used, it is shared by the human detection sensor. Whether or not the shared device 16 is used can be determined based on whether or not there is a user near the device 16.
 本実施例は、共有機器16の有する使用検知部114の別の実施態様に関するものである。本実施例においては、共有機器16は前述の図25における構成と同様の構成を有する。 This example relates to another embodiment of the use detection unit 114 of the shared device 16. In the present embodiment, the shared device 16 has the same configuration as that shown in FIG.
 本実施例における使用検知部114は、その使用検知部114を内部に有する共有機器16が使用されたことを検知するものであって、その共有機器16が使用される際における共有機器16の作動を検出する作動検知センサを含んで構成される。 The usage detection unit 114 in this embodiment detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detection unit 114 is used, and the operation of the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is used. It comprises an operation detection sensor for detecting.
 例えば、共有機器16が使用され、作動する際には、固有の作動音、例えば固有の周波数や、固有の音圧の作動音を発生することがある。本実施例における作動検知センサは、かかる共有機器16の作動に固有の現象を検知するセンサであり、前記共有機器16の作動に固有の現象を検知することにより、その共有機器16が使用されたことを検知する。 For example, when the shared device 16 is used and operated, a specific operation sound, for example, an operation sound of a specific frequency or a specific sound pressure may be generated. The operation detection sensor in the present embodiment is a sensor that detects a phenomenon unique to the operation of the shared device 16, and the shared device 16 is used by detecting a phenomenon unique to the operation of the shared device 16. Detect that.
 また、前記使用検知部114を構成する使用検知センサとしては、具体的には、音声センサ、音圧センサなどが用いられる。なお、使用検知センサは、共有機器の作動時に生ずる現象に合ったものが用いられ、前述の音声センサ、音圧センサなどに限られない。例えば、共有機器16が電気により作動させられる機器であって、作動時に固有の電力消費を行なう機器である場合には、電力計や電流計などが用いられてもよい。 Further, as the use detection sensor that constitutes the use detection unit 114, specifically, a voice sensor, a sound pressure sensor, or the like is used. The use detection sensor is suitable for a phenomenon that occurs when the shared device is operated, and is not limited to the above-described voice sensor, sound pressure sensor, and the like. For example, when the shared device 16 is a device that is operated by electricity and consumes power inherent to the shared device 16 during operation, a power meter, an ammeter, or the like may be used.
 本実施例における共有機器16の使用検出のための制御作動は、前述の実施例において図26に示したものと同様であるので、説明を省略する。 The control operation for detecting the use of the shared device 16 in the present embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記共有機器16は、該共有機器16の作動を検知する使用検知部114として作動検知センサを有し、前記使用検出部68は該作動検知センサにより該共有機器16の使用が検出された場合に前記共有機器16の使用があったと判断するので、前記作動検知センサにより共有機器16の作動が行なわれたか否かに基づいて前記共有機器の使用の有無を判断することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the shared device 16 includes an operation detection sensor as the use detection unit 114 that detects the operation of the shared device 16, and the use detection unit 68 is detected by the operation detection sensor. When the use of the shared device 16 is detected, it is determined that the shared device 16 has been used. Therefore, whether or not the shared device 16 is used is determined based on whether the shared device 16 is operated by the operation detection sensor. be able to.
 本実施例は、共有機器16の有する使用検知部114の別の実施態様に関するものである。本実施例においては、共有機器16は前述の図25における構成と同様の構成を有する。 This example relates to another embodiment of the use detection unit 114 of the shared device 16. In the present embodiment, the shared device 16 has the same configuration as that shown in FIG.
 本実施例における機能部116は、その機能部116の作動履歴(ログ)に関する情報を記録する作動記録部117を有する。図27は、前記作動記録部117がその作動履歴として記録する情報の一例を説明する図であって、例えば前記共有機器16が例えばネットワークで接続された複数のコンピュータからの出力が可能とされたプリンタである場合における、前記作動記録部により記録される作動履歴の例である。図27に示す様に、共有機器16が作動するごとに、その使用者名、使用日時、使用の内容(図27においては、印刷した枚数)についての情報が記録される。 The functional unit 116 in this embodiment includes an operation recording unit 117 that records information related to an operation history (log) of the functional unit 116. FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining an example of information recorded as the operation history by the operation recording unit 117. For example, the shared device 16 can be output from, for example, a plurality of computers connected via a network. It is an example of the operation | movement log | history recorded by the said operation | movement recording part in the case of being a printer. As shown in FIG. 27, each time the shared device 16 is operated, information about the user name, use date and time, and details of use (the number of printed pages in FIG. 27) is recorded.
 使用検知部114は、その使用検知部114を内部に有する共有機器16が使用されたことを検知するものであって、前記作動記録部が記録する作動履歴に基づいて、前記共有機器16が使用されたことを検知する。具体的には、前記作業履歴において前記予め設定された使用検出期間内の使用が存在する場合には、前記共有機器16が使用されたことを検知する。 The usage detector 114 detects that the shared device 16 having the usage detector 114 is used, and the shared device 16 uses it based on the operation history recorded by the operation recording unit. It is detected that Specifically, when there is usage within the preset usage detection period in the work history, it is detected that the shared device 16 has been used.
 本実施例においては、前述の図27に示す様に、作動履歴において共有機器16の使用者についての情報が記録される場合においては、共有機器16の使用が検知された旨の情報に加え、その使用者についての情報が合わせて前記通信インタフェース112を介してサーバ14の使用検出部68に通知されても良いし、共有機器16の使用が検知された旨の情報のみが前記通信インタフェース112を介してサーバ14の使用検出部68に通知され、前述の実施例と同様に前記移動履歴記録部58によって生成され記録された移動履歴96に基づいて、例えば前記共有機器16の使用が検出された際に最も前記共有機器16に近い位置に存在した使用者が前記共有機器16の使用を行なったものであるとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27 described above, when information about the user of the shared device 16 is recorded in the operation history, in addition to the information that the use of the shared device 16 has been detected, The information about the user may be notified to the use detection unit 68 of the server 14 through the communication interface 112, or only the information that the use of the shared device 16 is detected is sent to the communication interface 112. Via the movement history 96 generated and recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 in the same manner as in the previous embodiment, for example, the use of the shared device 16 is detected. At this time, the user who is closest to the shared device 16 may use the shared device 16.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記共有機器16の機能部116は、該共有機器16の作動の履歴を記録する作動記録部を有し、前記使用検出部114は該作動記録部により該共有機器16の作動の履歴が記録された場合に前記共有機器16の使用があったと判断するので、前記作動記録部により記録された作動の履歴に基づいて、前記共有機器16の使用の有無などを判断することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the functional unit 116 of the shared device 16 has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device 16, and the usage detection unit 114 is operated by the operation recording unit. When the operation history of 16 is recorded, it is determined that the shared device 16 is used. Therefore, based on the operation history recorded by the operation recording unit, it is determined whether the shared device 16 is used. can do.
 本実施例は、始終点決定部66の別の実施態様に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、前記始終点決定部66は、前記移動履歴記録部58に記憶された移動履歴96において、前記使用検出部68により使用が検出された直前に、予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留が検出された位置を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点と決定し、前記使用検出部68により使用が検出された直後に、予め定められた所定の始終点判定時間以上の滞留が検出された位置を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の終点と決定した。一方、本実施例においては、始終点決定部66は、座席配置データベース部70に記憶された複数の使用者についての前記共有機器16の非使用時における定常位置である定位置についての情報に基づいて、前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する。 The present embodiment relates to another embodiment of the start / end point determination unit 66. In the above-described embodiment, the start / end point determination unit 66 has a predetermined predetermined value immediately before use is detected by the use detection unit 68 in the movement history 96 stored in the movement history recording unit 58. A position at which staying longer than the start / end determination time is detected is determined as the start point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 and immediately after the use is detected by the use detection unit 68, a predetermined start / end point set in advance is determined. The position where the stay for the determination time or longer was detected was determined as the end point of the movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the start / end point determination unit 66 is based on information about a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device 16 is not used for a plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70. Thus, the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 are determined.
 座席配置データベース部70は、予め設定された複数の使用者についての前記共有機器16の非使用時における定常位置である定位置についての情報を記憶する。すなわち、一般的なオフィス環境においては、前記複数の使用者はそれぞれ割り当てられた座席があり、共有機器16の非使用時においては、その割り当てられた座席に着席していることが多い。この割り当てられた座席の位置が前記定位置に対応する。図28は、この座席配置データベース部70に記憶される前記複数の使用者のそれぞれの定位置についての情報の例である。 The seat arrangement database unit 70 stores information about a fixed position that is a steady position when the shared device 16 is not used for a plurality of preset users. That is, in a general office environment, each of the plurality of users has an assigned seat, and when the shared device 16 is not in use, the user is often seated in the assigned seat. The assigned seat position corresponds to the home position. FIG. 28 is an example of information about the fixed positions of the plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70.
 始終点決定部66は、前記使用検出部68により共有機器16の使用が検出された場合に、検出された使用を行なった使用者の定位置を前記座席配置データベース部70に記憶された情報から読み出し、読み出された定位置を前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点とする。ここで、始終点決定部66により決定された始点あるいは終点が移動軌跡96上にない場合には、前記始終点決定部66により決定された始点あるいは終点に最も近い前記移動軌跡96上の点を始点あるいは終点とすればよい。 When the use detecting unit 68 detects the use of the shared device 16, the start / end determining unit 66 determines the home position of the user who has made the detected use from the information stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70. Read and the read home position are set as the start point and the end point of movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16. Here, when the start point or the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is not on the movement trajectory 96, a point on the movement trajectory 96 closest to the start point or the end point determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is determined. The start point or the end point may be used.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記座席配置データベース部70は、前記使用者のそれぞれの前記共有機器16の非使用時における定常位置である定位置を記憶し、前記始終点決定部66は、前記共有機器の使用者の定位置を該共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点と決定するので、予め定められた前記定位置に基づいて前記移動履歴記録部58によって記録された各使用者の移動履歴96から前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動を抽出することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the seat arrangement database unit 70 stores a fixed position that is a stationary position when the shared device 16 of each of the users is not in use, and the start / end point determination unit 66 Since the fixed position of the user of the shared device is determined as the start point and end point of the movement associated with the use of the shared device 16, each user recorded by the movement history recording unit 58 based on the predetermined fixed position. The movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 can be extracted from the movement history 96.
 本実施例は、予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動の別の態様に関するものである。 This embodiment relates to another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74.
 前述の様に、本発明の共有機器の配置支援システムが適用される室内領域8には、机や棚などの什器18が配置されており、また、室内領域8は四方が壁に囲まれている(図1参照)。すなわち、使用者が共有機器16を使用する際に移動する場合、前記室内領域8内を什器18のない領域を移動することとなる。 As described above, the furniture 18 such as a desk or a shelf is arranged in the indoor area 8 to which the shared device arrangement support system of the present invention is applied, and the indoor area 8 is surrounded by walls on all sides. (See FIG. 1). That is, when the user moves when using the shared device 16, the user moves the area without the furniture 18 in the indoor area 8.
 本実施例において、サーバ14は配置情報データベース部78を有する。配置情報データベース部78においては、前記室内領域8の位置と大きさについての情報、および、前記室内領域に配置された什器18の位置と大きさについての情報が記憶される。これらの室内領域8の位置と大きさについての情報や、什器18の位置と大きさについての情報は、予め操作者によって計測されるなどして、サーバ14に入力されている。 In this embodiment, the server 14 has an arrangement information database unit 78. In the arrangement information database unit 78, information about the position and size of the indoor area 8 and information about the position and size of the furniture 18 arranged in the indoor area are stored. Information on the position and size of the indoor area 8 and information on the position and size of the furniture 18 are input to the server 14 by being measured in advance by an operator.
 図29は、配置情報データベース部78に記憶される情報の一例を説明する図である。図29に示す様に、室内領域8でない部分と、室内領域8に配置された什器18に対応する部分には斜線が付され、使用者が移動することのできない非通路領域93として記憶されている。一方、室内領域8のうち、什器18の存在しない部分は使用者が移動することのできる通路領域92として記憶されている。 FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example of information stored in the arrangement information database unit 78. As shown in FIG. 29, a portion that is not the indoor region 8 and a portion corresponding to the furniture 18 arranged in the indoor region 8 are hatched, and are stored as a non-passage region 93 in which the user cannot move. Yes. On the other hand, a portion of the indoor area 8 where the furniture 18 does not exist is stored as a passage area 92 where the user can move.
 予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記移動行程抽出部62によって算出され移動距離データベース部76に記憶された前記共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについての移動の距離についての情報と、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置候補についての情報とに基づいて、前記共有機器16を前記新たな設置位置候補の位置に設置した場合の、前記共有機器16の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標を算出する。 The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates information about the distance of movement for each use of the shared device 16 calculated by the movement process extraction unit 62 and stored in the movement distance database unit 76, and the shared device 16. Based on the information about the new installation position candidate, a predicted arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared apparatus 16 when the shared apparatus 16 is installed at the position of the new installation position candidate is calculated. .
 図30は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動の一例を説明する図であって、前述の図19に対応する図である。本図に従って、具体的な予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出を説明する。まず、前記実配置評価指標演算部60の実行時における共有機器16の設置位置16(従来設置位置)と、前記共有機器16を移動して設置しようとする位置である新たな設置位置候補101との共有機器移動距離103を算出する。この共有機器移動距離103は前記従来設置位置16と新たな設置位置候補101との実際に移動可能な経路のうち最短のものの距離である。具体的には例えば、共有機器移動距離103は、前記従来設置位置16と新たな設置位置候補101とを結ぶ経路であって、前記配置情報データベース部78に記憶された通路領域92において結ぶ経路を複数算出し、それぞれの距離を算出した後、その距離が最も短い経路を選択することによって得られる。 FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining an example of a predicted placement evaluation index calculation operation by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and corresponds to FIG. 19 described above. The calculation of the predicted placement evaluation index by the specific predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 will be described with reference to FIG. First, an installation position 16 (conventional installation position) of the shared device 16 at the time of execution of the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and a new installation position candidate 101 that is a position where the shared device 16 is moved and installed. The shared device moving distance 103 is calculated. This shared device movement distance 103 is the distance of the shortest route among the actually movable paths between the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101. Specifically, for example, the shared device moving distance 103 is a route connecting the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101, and a route connecting in the passage area 92 stored in the arrangement information database unit 78. It is obtained by calculating a plurality of distances and calculating each distance and then selecting a route having the shortest distance.
 そして、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前述の実施例と同様に、前記使用検出期間における共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについての、その使用に伴う移動の距離(図14参照)に、前記共有機器移動距離103を2倍したものを加減算し、これを、前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離として算出する。このとき、図30のように前記従来設置位置16と新たな設置位置候補101とを結ぶ経路と共有機器16の使用に伴う移動軌跡96とが重複しない場合には、その使用に伴う移動の距離に前記共有機器移動距離103を2倍した値を加算する。一方、前記従来設置位置16と新たな設置位置候補101とを結ぶ経路と共有機器16の使用に伴う移動軌跡96とが重複する場合には、その使用に伴う移動の距離に前記共有機器移動距離103を2倍した値を減算する。そして、このようにして算出された前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離の予測値についての情報を前記図20のような形式により、共有機器の使用ごとに記憶する。 Then, in the same manner as in the above-described embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 sets the sharing to the distance of movement accompanying the use (see FIG. 14) for each use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period. A value obtained by doubling the device movement distance 103 is added and subtracted, and this is calculated as a movement distance associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position candidate 101. At this time, when the path connecting the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101 does not overlap with the movement trajectory 96 associated with the use of the shared device 16 as shown in FIG. Is added to a value obtained by doubling the shared device moving distance 103. On the other hand, when the route connecting the conventional installation position 16 and the new installation position candidate 101 overlaps with the movement locus 96 associated with the use of the shared device 16, the movement distance of the shared device is added to the movement distance associated with the use. The value obtained by doubling 103 is subtracted. Then, the information about the predicted value of the movement distance associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed in the new installation position candidate 101 calculated in this way is used in the format as shown in FIG. Remember every time.
 そして、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、算出された前記新たな設置位置候補101に設置された共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の距離の予測値の総和を予測行程量として算出し、算出された予測行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えばこの予測行程量の逆数を演算することにより前記予測位置指標を算出する。 Then, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates and calculates the sum of the predicted values of the distances of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 installed at the calculated new installation position candidate 101 as the predicted stroke amount. Based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, the predicted position index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記実配置評価指標演算部60によって抽出される前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器16の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置101との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離103を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器16を新たな設置位置101に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部60による演算結果と前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置101との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離103とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, each of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 determines the amount of movement of the user accompanying the use of the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. On the other hand, a value obtained by adding or subtracting the distance 103 of the shortest path that can actually move between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position 101 is the shared device installed at the new installation position 101. Since the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts of the user using the user 16 is associated with the use, the shared device 16 is newly installed. When the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 calculates a predicted placement evaluation index, which is an index that quantitatively represents whether the placement position is efficient when installed at the position 101 It can calculated based on a distance 103 of actual movable shortest path between a traditional installation position and the new installation position 101 of the shared devices and fruits.
 本実施例は、予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動の別の態様に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記実配置評価指標演算部60によって抽出される前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器16の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置101との間の直線距離もしくは実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出した。一方、本実施例においては、前記始終点決定部66によって決定される前記使用検出期間における前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点の位置についての情報と、前記新たな設置位置101の位置についての情報に基づいて、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれを算出し、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出する。 This embodiment relates to another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74. In the above-described embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs each movement amount of the movement associated with the use of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. The shared device installed at the new installation position 101 is obtained by adding or subtracting the linear distance between the conventional installation position of the shared device 16 and the new installation position 101 or the distance of the shortest path that can actually be moved. The total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance was calculated as the predicted stroke amount, assuming that each of the movement amounts associated with the use of the user who used 16 was. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, information on the start point and end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period determined by the start / end point determination unit 66, and the new installation position 101 Based on the information about the position, the amount of movement of the user using the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position 101 is calculated, and the movement amount associated with the use is calculated within a preset predetermined period. The total amount of movement is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
 具体的には、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、以下の様に予測配置評価指標を算出する。まず、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについて、前記始終点決定部66により決定された始点および終点の位置についての情報が読み出される。そして、その始点の位置と前記新たな設置位置101とを結ぶ直線の距離と、前記新たな設置位置101と終点の位置とを結ぶ直線の距離との合計が、前記共有機器16が前記新たな設置位置101に設置された場合の使用に伴う移動の距離であるとしてそれぞれ算出される。算出されたそれぞれの使用に伴う移動の距離の総和が予測行程量として算出され、その予測行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えば前記予測行程量の逆数を算出することにより、前記共有機器16の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標が算出される。 Specifically, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates a predicted placement evaluation index as follows. First, for each use of the shared device 16 that is the target of the actual placement evaluation index calculation by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, information on the start point and end point positions determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is obtained. Read out. Then, the total of the distance of the straight line connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and the distance of the straight line connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point is determined by the shared device 16 as the new position. It is calculated as the distance of movement accompanying use when installed at the installation position 101. The total of the calculated distances of movement associated with each use is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of is calculated.
 図31は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74の作動を説明するための図であって、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用の1つについて着目した図である。この使用に伴う移動の始点および終点が、前記始終点決定部66により点106であると決定された場合、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された場合の前記共有機器16の前記使用に伴う移動は、点106と新たな設置位置101を結ぶ直線105の距離を2倍したものであると算出する。これを、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについて実行し、その総和を前記予測行程量として算出する。 FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and the shared device 16 subjected to the calculation of the actual placement evaluation index by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. It is the figure which paid its attention about one of use of. When the start point and the end point of the movement associated with this use are determined to be the point 106 by the start / end point determination unit 66, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the above-described case of being installed at the new installation position 101. The movement accompanying the use of the shared device 16 is calculated to be twice the distance of the straight line 105 connecting the point 106 and the new installation position 101. This is executed for each use of the shared device 16 for which the actual placement evaluation index is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the sum is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれについて前記始終点決定部66が決定した始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置101との間の直線距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器16を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部60による演算結果と、前記使用者の使用者ごとの前記定位置と前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置101との間の直線距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the start and end points for each movement associated with the use of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. Since the straight line distance between the position of the start point and the end point determined by the determination unit 66 and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16 is calculated as the predicted stroke amount as the movement distance associated with the use, When the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position, a predicted placement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index computation unit 60. The calculation can be made based on the linear distance between the fixed position for each user of the user and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16.
 本実施例は、予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動のさらに別の態様に関するものである。前述の実施例9においては、前記始終点決定部66によって決定される前記使用検出期間における前記共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点の位置についての情報と、前記新たな設置位置101の位置についての情報に基づいて、前記始点および前記新たな設置位置101を結ぶ直線の距離と前記新たな設置位置101および前記終点を結ぶ直線の距離との合計を、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれとして算出し、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出した。一方、本実施例においては、前記始点および前記新たな設置位置101を結ぶ実際に移動可能な経路の内、最短となる経路の距離を、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれとして算出し、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出する。 The present embodiment relates to still another aspect of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74. In the above-described ninth embodiment, information on the position of the start and end points of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 in the use detection period determined by the start / end point determination unit 66, and the new installation position 101 Based on the information about the position, the total of the distance of the straight line connecting the start point and the new installation position 101 and the distance of the straight line connecting the new installation position 101 and the end point is set at the new installation position 101. It calculated as each of the movement amount of the movement accompanying the use of the user who used the shared device 16, and the total of the movement amount within a preset predetermined period was calculated as the predicted stroke amount. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the shared device 16 installed at the new installation position 101 is set to the shortest path distance among the actually movable paths connecting the start point and the new installation position 101. Is calculated as the amount of movement of the user accompanying the use, and the total amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
 具体的には、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、以下の様に予測配置評価指標を算出する。まず、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについて、前記始終点決定部66により決定された始点および終点の位置についての情報が読み出される。そして、その始点の位置と前記新たな設置位置101とを結ぶ経路、および前記新たな設置位置101と終点の位置とを結ぶ経路が算出され、そのそれぞれの経路の距離の合計が、前記共有機器16が前記新たな設置位置101に設置された場合の使用に伴う移動の距離であるとしてそれぞれ算出される。算出されたそれぞれの使用に伴う移動の距離の総和が予測行程量として算出され、その予測行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えば前記予測行程量の逆数を算出することにより、前記共有機器16の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標が算出される。ここで、前記始点の位置と前記新たな設置位置101とを結ぶ経路、および前記新たな設置位置101と終点の位置とを結ぶ経路の距離は、例えば、前記配置情報データベース部78に記憶された通路領域92において前記始点の位置と前記新たな設置位置101とを結ぶ経路、および前記新たな設置位置101と終点の位置とを結ぶ経路のそれぞれを複数算出し、それぞれの距離を算出した後、その距離が最も短い経路を選択することによって得られる。 Specifically, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates a predicted placement evaluation index as follows. First, for each use of the shared device 16 that is the target of the actual placement evaluation index calculation by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, information on the start point and end point positions determined by the start / end point determination unit 66 is obtained. Read out. Then, a route connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and a route connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point are calculated, and the sum of the distances of the respective routes is the shared device. 16 is calculated as the distance of movement associated with use when installed at the new installation position 101. The total of the calculated distances of movement associated with each use is calculated as a predicted stroke amount, and based on the predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount, the shared device 16 A predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of is calculated. Here, the distance between the path connecting the start position and the new installation position 101 and the path connecting the new installation position 101 and the end position are stored in the arrangement information database unit 78, for example. After calculating a plurality of each of the path connecting the position of the start point and the new installation position 101 and the path connecting the new installation position 101 and the position of the end point in the passage area 92, and calculating the respective distances, It is obtained by selecting the route with the shortest distance.
 図31は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74の作動を説明するための図であって、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用の1つについて着目した図である。この使用に伴う移動の始点および終点が、前記始終点決定部66により点106であると決定された場合、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記新たな設置位置101に設置された場合の前記共有機器16の前記使用に伴う移動は、点106と新たな設置位置101を前記通路領域92内で結ぶ経路104の距離を2倍したものであると算出する。これを、前記実配置評価指標演算部60により実配置評価指標の演算の対象となった共有機器16の使用のそれぞれについて実行し、その総和を前記予測行程量として算出する。 FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, and the shared device 16 subjected to the calculation of the actual placement evaluation index by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60. It is the figure which paid its attention about one of use of. When the start point and the end point of the movement associated with this use are determined to be the point 106 by the start / end point determination unit 66, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the above-described case of being installed at the new installation position 101. The movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 is calculated to be twice the distance of the route 104 connecting the point 106 and the new installation position 101 in the passage area 92. This is executed for each use of the shared device 16 for which the actual placement evaluation index is calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, and the sum is calculated as the predicted stroke amount.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記実配置評価指標演算部60によって抽出される前記共有機器16を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれについて前記始終点決定部66が決定した始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置101との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離104を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出するので、前記共有機器16を新たな設置位置に設置した場合においてその設置位置が効率的なものであるかを定量的に表す指標である予測配置評価指標を、前記実配置評価指標演算部60による演算結果と、前記使用者の使用者ごとの前記定位置と前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置101との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離とに基づいて算出することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 performs the start and end for each movement of the user using the shared device 16 extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 according to the use. The prediction process is based on the assumption that the shortest distance 104 that can be actually moved between the position of the start point and the end point determined by the point determination unit 66 and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16 is the distance of movement associated with the use. Since it is calculated as a quantity, when the shared device 16 is installed at a new installation position, a predicted arrangement evaluation index that is an index that quantitatively represents whether the installation position is efficient is used as the actual arrangement evaluation index. Based on the calculation result by the calculation unit 60 and the shortest distance that can actually move between the fixed position for each user of the user and the new installation position 101 of the shared device 16. It can be calculated.
 本実施例は、予測配置評価指標演算部74を含む共有機器の配置支援システム6の作動の別の実施態様に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、図23のフローチャートに示した様に、新たな設置位置の候補の1つに対して予測配置評価指標を算出し、その結果を表示する制御作動が行なわれた。本実施例においては、複数の新たな設置位置の候補を決定する候補位置決定部80と、前記複数の新たな設置位置のそれぞれについて算出された予測配置評価指標に基づいて、前記複数の新たな設置位置のうちから共有機器16を設置する位置を決定する設置位置決定部82とを有することを特徴とする。 This example relates to another embodiment of the operation of the shared device arrangement support system 6 including the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74. In the above-described embodiment, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 23, the control operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index for one of the new installation position candidates and displaying the result is performed. In the present embodiment, the candidate position determination unit 80 that determines a plurality of new installation position candidates and the plurality of new installation positions based on the predicted placement evaluation index calculated for each of the plurality of new installation positions. And an installation position determination unit 82 that determines a position where the shared device 16 is installed from among the installation positions.
 候補位置決定部80は、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補を決定する。具体的には例えば、候補位置決定部80は、前記室内領域8において、互いに直交する方向にそれぞれ等間隔となる点のそれぞれを、新たな設置位置の候補とする。また、前記共有機器16が床面に設置されるものである場合には、例えば前記配置情報データベース部78に記憶された什器18などの配置物の占める領域、すなわち前記非通路領域83に関する情報に基づいて、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補を前記非通路領域83以外の領域となる様に決定する。 The candidate position determination unit 80 determines a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16. Specifically, for example, the candidate position determination unit 80 sets each of the points that are equally spaced in the direction orthogonal to each other in the indoor region 8 as a new installation position candidate. Further, when the shared device 16 is installed on the floor surface, for example, information on an area occupied by an arrangement such as the fixture 18 stored in the arrangement information database unit 78, that is, information on the non-passage area 83 is included. Based on this, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 is determined to be an area other than the non-passage area 83.
 図32は、候補位置決定部80による共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補の決定作動の一例を説明する図である。図32に示す様に、候補位置決定部80は、前記室内領域8においてx軸方向、y軸方向(図1参照)のそれぞれについて所定の間隔で等間隔な点のうち、前記什器18が占める領域に存在する点を除いた点の位置を、前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補120として決定する。 FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining an example of an operation for determining a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 by the candidate position determination unit 80. As shown in FIG. 32, in the indoor region 8, the candidate position determination unit 80 is occupied by the fixture 18 among points that are equally spaced at predetermined intervals in the x-axis direction and the y-axis direction (see FIG. 1). The positions of the points excluding the points existing in the area are determined as new installation position candidates 120 of the shared device 16.
 設置位置決定部82は、前記候補位置決定部80によって決定された前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについて前記予測配置評価指標演算部74によって算出された予測配置評価指標の値に基づいて、具体的には本実施例においては、前記予測配置評価指標の値が最も大きい前記新たな設置位置の候補を前記共有機器16を設置するための位置として決定する。本実施例においては、予測配置評価指標は、前記使用検出期間における前記共有機器16の使用のそれぞれにかかる移動の距離の総和である予測行程量の逆数であるので、前記予測配置評価指標が大きいほど予測行程量が小さい、すなわち、使用に伴う移動の距離が小さくなるためである。なお、算出された予測配置評価指標のうち最も大きい値が、前記実配置評価指標演算部60によって算出される実配置評価指標よりも小さい場合には、前記設置位置決定部82は、現在の共有機器16の位置を前記共有機器16を設置するための位置であると決定する The installation position determination unit 82 uses the predicted layout evaluation index calculated by the predicted layout evaluation index calculation unit 74 for each of a plurality of new installation position candidates of the shared device 16 determined by the candidate position determination unit 80. Based on the value, specifically, in the present embodiment, the candidate for the new installation position with the largest value of the predicted placement evaluation index is determined as the position for installing the shared device 16. In the present embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index is the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount that is the sum of the distances of movement of each use of the shared device 16 during the use detection period, so the predicted placement evaluation index is large. This is because the predicted stroke amount is small, that is, the distance of movement accompanying use is small. When the largest value among the calculated predicted placement evaluation indices is smaller than the actual placement evaluation index calculated by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, the installation position determination unit 82 The position of the device 16 is determined to be a position for installing the shared device 16.
 図33は、本実施例における共有機器の配置支援システム6の全体についての制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートである。まず、実配置評価指標演算部60に対応するSJ1においては、実配置評価指標の算出が行なわれるべく、図16のフローチャートが実行される。本ステップは図17のSD1と同様である。 FIG. 33 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation for the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 in this embodiment. First, in SJ1 corresponding to the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, the flowchart of FIG. 16 is executed in order to calculate the actual placement evaluation index. This step is the same as SD1 in FIG.
 候補位置決定部80に対応するSJ2においては、共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補が決定される。この複数の候補は前述の様に、室内空間8において等間隔に格子状に設けられる。 In SJ2 corresponding to the candidate position determination unit 80, a plurality of candidates for a new installation position of the shared device 16 are determined. As described above, the plurality of candidates are provided in a lattice pattern at equal intervals in the indoor space 8.
 予測配置評価指標演算部74に対応するSJ3においては、SJ2において決定された共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについて、予測配置評価指標の値が算出される。本ステップにおける作動は、具体的には前述の図21のフローチャートが前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについて実行されるものである。 In SJ3 corresponding to the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74, the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined in SJ2. Specifically, the operation in this step is such that the above-described flowchart of FIG. 21 is executed for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16.
 設置位置決定部82に対応するSJ4においては、SJ3において算出された、共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについての予測配置評価指標の値に基づいて、共有機器16を設置するための位置が決定される。具体的には、前記予測配置評価指標が最も大きい値となった前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補が、共有機器16を設置するための位置として決定される。 In SJ4 corresponding to the installation position determination unit 82, the shared device 16 is installed based on the predicted placement evaluation index value for each of the plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 calculated in SJ3. The position for is determined. Specifically, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 for which the predicted placement evaluation index has the largest value is determined as a position for installing the shared device 16.
 表示制御部84に対応するSJ5においては、SJ4において決定された前記共有機器16を設置するための位置が、サーバ14の表示装置54などに表示される。 In SJ5 corresponding to the display control unit 84, the position for installing the shared device 16 determined in SJ4 is displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14, or the like.
 図34は、このステップSJ5においてサーバ14の表示装置54などに表示される表示の一例を説明する図である。図34において表示86Cは、前記室内領域8が図示されるとともに、前記SJ4において決定された前記室内領域8中における共有機器16を配置するための位置が黒点87により表示される。 FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining an example of a display displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14 in step SJ5. In FIG. 34, the display 86 </ b> C shows the indoor area 8, and the position for arranging the shared device 16 in the indoor area 8 determined in SJ <b> 4 is displayed by a black dot 87.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記設置位置決定部82により、前記新たな設置位置の複数の候補に前記共有機器16を設置した場合について、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74によってそれぞれ算出される複数の予測配置評価指標のうち、その値が最も大きい、すなわち前記予測行程量が最も小さい前記予測行程量を選択し、該選択された予測行程量に対応する前記新たな設置位置の候補が前記新たな設置位置として決定されるので、前記共有機器16を複数の設置位置に設置した場合を比較して最も予測行程量が小さい、すなわち効率がよいとされる位置に設置することができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination unit 82, a plurality of pieces calculated by the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74, respectively. Among the predicted placement evaluation indexes, the predicted stroke amount having the largest value, that is, the predicted stroke amount being the smallest is selected, and the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is the new Therefore, it is possible to install the shared device 16 at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of installation positions.
 本実施例は、予測配置評価指標演算部74を含む共有機器の配置支援システムの作動の別の実施態様に関するものである。前述の実施例においては、予測配置評価指標演算部74は、例えば図23あるいは図33(SG3あるいはSJ3)に示す様に、前記実配置評価指標演算部60(SG1あるいはSJ1)が実行された後に実行され、前記実配置評価指標演算部60において実配置評価指標の演算の対象とされた前記共有機器の使用のそれぞれについて、それらの使用に伴う移動の距離を予測量を算出し、その予測量の総和を予測行程量として算出した。本実施例においては、サーバ14は複数の使用者のそれぞれの前記使用検出期間に対応する期間における前記共有機器16の使用回数初期設定値を記憶する初期情報データベース部81を有し、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74はその初期情報データベース部に記憶された前記複数の使用者のそれぞれの使用回数初期設定値を用いて、前記予測行程量および前記予測配置評価指標を算出する。そのため、本実施例の共有機器の配置支援システム6は、予測配置評価指標演算部74の実行前に実配置評価指標演算部60を実行することなく、予測配置評価指標演算部74を実行することができる。 This example relates to another embodiment of the operation of the shared device arrangement support system including the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74. In the above-described embodiment, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 is executed after the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60 (SG1 or SJ1) is executed as shown in FIG. 23 or 33 (SG3 or SJ3), for example. For each use of the shared device that is executed and is subject to calculation of the actual placement evaluation index in the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit 60, a predicted distance is calculated for the movement distance associated with the use, and the predicted amount Was calculated as the predicted stroke amount. In the present embodiment, the server 14 includes an initial information database unit 81 that stores an initial setting value of the number of times the shared device 16 is used in a period corresponding to the use detection period of each of a plurality of users. The evaluation index calculation unit 74 calculates the predicted stroke amount and the predicted placement evaluation index using the initial use value of each of the plurality of users stored in the initial information database unit. Therefore, the shared device arrangement support system 6 according to the present embodiment executes the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 without executing the actual arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 60 before the execution of the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74. Can do.
 前記初期情報データベース部81は、前記共有機器16を使用する複数の使用者が所定の条件により選択され、その選択された複数の使用者の前記共有機器16の前記使用検出期間に対応する期間における前記共有機器16の使用回数初期設定値を記憶する。この使用回数初期設定値は、例えば、前記使用者のそれぞれの職務等を考慮して予め操作者等により設定され入力される。また、前記複数の使用者を選択するための所定の条件とは、例えば、予め予想される使用頻度が所定値以上であること、過去の一定期間における使用頻度が所定値以上であること、複数の共有機器16を使用すること、作業者など立ち回ることが多い職種であることなどである。なお、前記共有機器16の設置された室内に座席を有する人の全てを選択することもできる。図35は、この初期情報データベース部81に記憶される使用者ごとの使用回数初期設定値の一例を表わす図である。 In the initial information database unit 81, a plurality of users who use the shared device 16 are selected according to a predetermined condition, and in a period corresponding to the use detection period of the shared device 16 of the selected users. The initial use value of the shared device 16 is stored. The initial set value of the number of times of use is set and input in advance by an operator or the like in consideration of the respective duties of the user, for example. Further, the predetermined condition for selecting the plurality of users is, for example, that a predicted usage frequency is a predetermined value or more, a usage frequency in a past fixed period is a predetermined value or more, a plurality of conditions Use of the shared device 16, and a job type such as an operator who often goes around. It should be noted that all persons who have seats in the room where the shared device 16 is installed can be selected. FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example of the use count initial setting value for each user stored in the initial information database unit 81.
 予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記初期情報データベース部81に記憶された前記使用回数初期設定値についての情報と、前記候補位置決定部80により決定された前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補についての情報と、前記座席配置データベース部70に記憶された前記複数の使用者のそれぞれの定位置についての情報とに基づいて、前記予測行程量および前記予測配置評価指標を算出する。 The predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 includes information on the initial use value stored in the initial information database unit 81 and the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined by the candidate position determination unit 80. Based on the information on the candidates and the information on the respective fixed positions of the plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70, the predicted stroke amount and the predicted arrangement evaluation index are calculated.
 具体的には、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74は、前記複数の使用者のそれぞれについて、前記座席配置データベース部70に記憶された定位置についての情報と、前記初期情報データベース部81に記憶された前記使用検出期間に対応する期間における使用回数である使用回数初期設定値についての情報を読み出す。そして、前記使用者のそれぞれについて、定位置と前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補との距離を算出し、さらに使用回数初期設定値を乗ずる。これを前記複数の使用者のそれぞれに実行し、使用者のそれぞれについて算出された値の総和を算出する。 Specifically, the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74 stores information about the fixed positions stored in the seat placement database unit 70 and the initial information database unit 81 for each of the plurality of users. Further, information on the use count initial setting value, which is the number of uses in the period corresponding to the use detection period, is read. Then, for each of the users, the distance between the fixed position and a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 is calculated, and further multiplied by the use count initial setting value. This is executed for each of the plurality of users, and the sum of the values calculated for each of the users is calculated.
 図36は、本実施例の予測配置評価指標演算部74による予測配置評価指標の算出作動の一例を説明するフローチャートであり、前述の実施例における図21に対応する図である。まず、候補位置決定部80に対応するSK1においては、共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補が決定される。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the operation for calculating the predicted placement evaluation index by the predicted placement evaluation index computing unit 74 of the present embodiment, and corresponds to FIG. 21 in the above-described embodiment. First, in SK1 corresponding to the candidate position determination unit 80, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 is determined.
 続くSK2においては、座席配置データベース部70に記憶された前記複数の使用者のいずれかの定位置についての情報が読み出される。 In the subsequent SK2, information on any one of the plurality of users stored in the seat arrangement database unit 70 is read out.
 SK3においては、SK1で決定された共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補と、前記SK2で読み出された使用者の定位置との距離を2倍した値が、その使用者の前記共有機器16が新たな設置位置に設置された場合の、その共有機器16の1回の使用に伴う移動の距離として算出される。 In SK3, a value obtained by doubling the distance between the new installation position candidate of the shared device 16 determined in SK1 and the user's home position read in SK2 is the shared device of the user. When 16 is installed at a new installation position, it is calculated as the distance of movement associated with one use of the shared device 16.
 SK4においては、前記使用者の使用回数初期設定値についての情報が前記初期情報データベース部81から読み出されるとともに、読み出された使用回数初期設定値の値と、SK3で算出された共有機器16の1回の使用に伴う移動の距離とを乗ずることにより、前記使用者が前記使用検出期間に相当する期間に前記新たな設置位置の候補に前記共有機器16が設置された場合の、その共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の移動量の合計を算出する。 In SK4, information about the user's use count initial setting value is read from the initial information database unit 81, and the read use count initial setting value and the shared device 16 calculated in SK3 are used. The shared device when the user installs the shared device 16 as a candidate for the new installation position in a period corresponding to the use detection period by multiplying the distance of movement associated with one use. The total amount of movement associated with the use of 16 is calculated.
 SK5においては、SK2乃至SK4のステップを、前記選択された使用者の全てについて実行したか否かが判断される。前記選択された使用者の全てについてSK2乃至SK4のステップを実行した場合には、本ステップの判断が肯定されて、SK7が実行される。一方、前記選択された使用者の全てについてSK2乃至SK4のステップを実行していない場合には、本ステップの判断が否定されて、SK6において、未だSK2乃至SK4のステップの対象とされていない使用者が選択されて、SK2乃至SK4のステップが実行される。 In SK5, it is determined whether or not the steps SK2 to SK4 have been executed for all the selected users. When the steps SK2 to SK4 are executed for all the selected users, the determination at this step is affirmed and SK7 is executed. On the other hand, if the steps SK2 to SK4 have not been executed for all the selected users, the determination of this step is denied, and the use that has not yet been subjected to the steps SK2 to SK4 in SK6. A person is selected and steps SK2 to SK4 are executed.
 SK7においては、前記選択された使用者の全てについてそれぞれSK4において算出された、前記新たな設置位置の候補に前記共有機器16が設置された場合の、その共有機器16の使用に伴う移動の移動量の合計の値の総和が予測行程量として算出される。そして、算出された予測行程量に基づいて、具体的には例えば予測行程量の逆数を演算することにより、予測配置評価指標の値を算出する。 In SK7, movement of movement associated with the use of the shared device 16 when the shared device 16 is installed at the new installation position candidate calculated in SK4 for each of the selected users. The total sum of the values of the quantities is calculated as the predicted stroke quantity. Based on the calculated predicted stroke amount, specifically, for example, the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated by calculating the reciprocal of the predicted stroke amount.
 図37は、本実施例における予測配置評価指標演算部74を用いた共有機器の配置支援システム6全体の制御作動の一例を説明するフローチャートであって、前述の実施例における図33に対応する図である。 FIG. 37 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the control operation of the entire shared device arrangement support system 6 using the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74 in the present embodiment, corresponding to FIG. 33 in the above-described embodiment. It is.
 SL1においては、初期情報データベース部78に記憶された、前記複数の使用者のそれぞれについての前記使用検出期間に相当する期間における使用回数に対応する値である、前記使用回数初期設定値に関する情報が読み出される。 In SL1, information on the use count initial setting value, which is a value corresponding to the use count in a period corresponding to the use detection period for each of the plurality of users, stored in the initial information database unit 78, is provided. Read out.
 候補位置決定部80に対応するSL2においては、共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補が決定される。この複数の候補は前述の図32に示す様に、例えば室内空間8において等間隔に格子状に設けられる。 In SL2 corresponding to the candidate position determination unit 80, a plurality of candidates for a new installation position of the shared device 16 are determined. As shown in FIG. 32 described above, the plurality of candidates are provided in a lattice shape at regular intervals in the indoor space 8, for example.
 予測配置評価指標演算部74に対応するSL3においては、SL2において決定された共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについて、予測配置評価指標の値が算出される。本ステップにおける作動は、具体的には前述の図36のフローチャートが前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについて実行されるものである。 In SL3 corresponding to the predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit 74, the value of the predicted placement evaluation index is calculated for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 determined in SL2. Specifically, the operation in this step is such that the above-described flowchart of FIG. 36 is executed for each of a plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16.
 設置位置決定部82に対応するSL4においては、SL3において算出された、共有機器16の新たな設置位置の複数の候補のそれぞれについての予測配置評価指標の値に基づいて、共有機器16を設置するための位置が決定される。具体的には、前記予測配置評価指標が最も大きい値となった前記共有機器16の新たな設置位置の候補が、共有機器16を設置するための位置として決定される。 In SL4 corresponding to the installation position determination unit 82, the shared device 16 is installed based on the predicted placement evaluation index value for each of the plurality of candidates for the new installation position of the shared device 16 calculated in SL3. The position for is determined. Specifically, a candidate for a new installation position of the shared device 16 for which the predicted placement evaluation index has the largest value is determined as a position for installing the shared device 16.
 表示制御部84に対応するSL5においては、SL4において決定された前記共有機器16を設置するための位置が、サーバ14の表示装置54などに表示される。この表示は例えば、前述の図34の表示86Cのように行なわれる。 In SL5 corresponding to the display control unit 84, the position for installing the shared device 16 determined in SL4 is displayed on the display device 54 of the server 14, or the like. This display is performed, for example, as shown in the display 86C in FIG.
 前述の実施例によれば、前記設置位置決定部82により、前記新たな設置位置の複数の候補に前記共有機器16を設置した場合について、前記予測配置評価指標演算部74によってそれぞれ算出される複数の予測配置評価指標のうち、その値が最も大きい、すなわち前記予測行程量が最も小さい前記予測行程量を選択し、該選択された予測行程量に対応する前記新たな設置位置の候補が前記新たな設置位置として決定されるので、前記共有機器16を複数の設置位置に設置した場合を比較して最も予測行程量が小さい、すなわち効率がよいとされる位置に設置することができる。また、前記実配置評価指標を算出することなく前記予測配置評価指標の算出を行なうことができる。 According to the above-described embodiment, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position by the installation position determination unit 82, a plurality of pieces calculated by the predicted arrangement evaluation index calculation unit 74, respectively. Among the predicted placement evaluation indexes, the predicted stroke amount having the largest value, that is, the predicted stroke amount being the smallest is selected, and the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount is the new Therefore, it is possible to install the shared device 16 at a position where the predicted stroke amount is the smallest, that is, when the shared device 16 is installed at a plurality of installation positions. In addition, the predicted placement evaluation index can be calculated without calculating the actual placement evaluation index.
 以上、本発明の実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明したが、本発明はその他の態様においても適用される。 As mentioned above, although the Example of this invention was described in detail based on drawing, this invention is applied also in another aspect.
 例えば、前述の実施例においては、測位部56は、移動局10が送信する電波を複数の基地局12によって受信し、その複数の基地局12における受信結果としての受信時刻に基づいて移動局10の位置の算出を行なったが、かかる態様に限られず、例えば移動局10が所定の出力により送信する電波を複数の基地局12で受信し、その受信強度を受信結果として検出し、検出された電波の受信強度および、予め記憶された電波の受信強度と電波の伝搬距離との関係に基づいて、移動局10と前記複数の基地局12のそれぞれとの距離を算出し、移動局10の位置の算出を行なってもよい。 For example, in the above-described embodiment, the positioning unit 56 receives the radio waves transmitted by the mobile station 10 by the plurality of base stations 12 and based on the reception times as reception results at the plurality of base stations 12. However, the present invention is not limited to this mode. For example, a plurality of base stations 12 receive radio waves transmitted by the mobile station 10 with a predetermined output, and the reception intensity is detected as reception results. The distance between the mobile station 10 and each of the plurality of base stations 12 is calculated based on the reception intensity of the radio wave and the relationship between the radio wave reception intensity stored in advance and the propagation distance of the radio wave. May be calculated.
 また、前述の実施例においては、測位のための電波は移動局10から送信され複数の基地局12によって受信され、測位部56はその複数の基地局12におけるそれぞれの受信結果に基づいて移動局10の位置の算出を行なったが、このような態様に限られない。例えば前記複数の基地局12のそれぞれから移動局10に対して送信される測位のための電波を、前記移動局10がそれぞれ受信して受信結果を算出し、その受信結果に基づいて測位部56が移動局10の位置の算出を行なうこともできる。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the radio waves for positioning are transmitted from the mobile station 10 and received by the plurality of base stations 12, and the positioning unit 56 is based on the respective reception results at the plurality of base stations 12. Although 10 positions have been calculated, the present invention is not limited to such a mode. For example, the mobile station 10 receives a radio wave for positioning transmitted from each of the plurality of base stations 12 to the mobile station 10 to calculate a reception result, and based on the reception result, the positioning unit 56 The position of the mobile station 10 can be calculated.
 また、多数の基地局12を例えば格子状に配置しておき、移動局10から送信される電波を前記多数の基地局12により受信してその受信強度を測定し、測位部56は、移動局10からの電波を最も受信強度が強く受信した基地局12の位置を移動局10の位置とするいわゆるゾーン検知と呼ばれる手法によって移動局10の位置を測定することもできる。この場合、前記格子状に配置される基地局12は、移動局10の位置の算出を行なう際に必要とされる測位精度に基づいてその配置間隔が決定される。 In addition, a large number of base stations 12 are arranged in, for example, a lattice pattern, radio waves transmitted from the mobile station 10 are received by the large number of base stations 12, and the reception intensity thereof is measured. The position of the mobile station 10 can also be measured by a so-called zone detection method in which the position of the base station 12 receiving the radio wave from the radio station 10 having the strongest reception intensity is the position of the mobile station 10. In this case, the arrangement intervals of the base stations 12 arranged in the lattice shape are determined based on the positioning accuracy required when calculating the position of the mobile station 10.
 また、前述の実施例においては、サーバ14と基地局12とは通信ケーブル20によって情報通信可能に接続されたが、この通信は有線通信に限らず、無線通信であってもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the server 14 and the base station 12 are connected via the communication cable 20 so as to be able to perform information communication. However, this communication is not limited to wired communication but may be wireless communication.
 また、前述の実施例においては、共有機器16の使用に伴う移動として始終点決定部66により移動の始点および終点を決定し、始点から前記共有機器16まで、および前記共有機器16の位置から終点までの往復の移動にかかる距離を算出したが、前記始点あるいは終点のいずれかのみを選択し、始点もしくは終点のいずれかと前記共有機器16との間のいわゆる片道の移動の距離を算出し、その総和として、前記実行程量や予測行程量を算出してもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the start and end point determination unit 66 determines the start and end points of movement as movement accompanying use of the shared device 16, and from the start point to the shared device 16 and from the position of the shared device 16 to the end point. The distance required for the reciprocating movement up to is calculated, but only the starting point or the ending point is selected, and the so-called one-way moving distance between the starting point or the ending point and the shared device 16 is calculated. As the total, the execution stroke amount and the predicted stroke amount may be calculated.
また、前述の実施例においては、共有機器16が1つである場合について説明したが、共有機器16が複数である場合においても同様に適用可能である。 In the above-described embodiment, the case where there is one shared device 16 has been described. However, the present invention can be similarly applied to a case where there are a plurality of shared devices 16.
 なお、上述したのはあくまでも一実施形態であり、本発明は当業者の知識に基づいて種々の変更、改良を加えた態様で実施することができる。 It should be noted that the above is only one embodiment, and the present invention can be carried out in a mode in which various changes and improvements are added based on the knowledge of those skilled in the art.

Claims (16)

  1.  共有機器の設置位置を決定することを支援するための共有機器の配置支援システムであって、
     該共有機器を使用する複数の使用者の位置をそれぞれ検出可能な位置検出部と、
     該位置検出部によって検出される前記使用者の移動履歴を記録する移動履歴記録部と、
     前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記使用者の移動履歴のうち、前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動を抽出し、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用に伴う移動の移動量の総和を実行程量として算出し、該実行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための実配置評価指標を算出する実配置評価指標演算部と
     を有することを特徴とする共有機器の配置支援システム。
    A shared device placement support system for supporting the determination of the installation position of a shared device,
    A position detection unit capable of detecting the positions of a plurality of users who use the shared device;
    A movement history recording unit for recording the movement history of the user detected by the position detection unit;
    From the movement history of the user recorded by the movement history recording unit, the movement of the user using the shared device is extracted along with the use, and by a plurality of users selected according to preset conditions , Calculating the total amount of movement of the movement associated with the use within a predetermined period set as an execution amount, and calculating an actual arrangement evaluation index for evaluating the arrangement of the shared device based on the execution amount A shared device placement support system, comprising: an actual placement evaluation index calculation unit.
  2.  前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記使用に伴う移動の移動についての情報、および、前記共有機器を使用しうる使用者ごとの前記予め設定された所定期間内における使用回数の総和の少なくとも1つに基づいて、前記共有機器を新たな設置位置に設置した場合における、予め設定された所定期間内における前記使用者の前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動量の、予め設定された条件により選択された複数の使用者による使用についての総和を予測行程量として算出し、該予測行程量に基づいて前記共有機器の配置を評価するための予測配置評価指標を算出する予測配置評価指標演算部を有すること
     を特徴とする請求項1に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    Information about movement of movement accompanying the use extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, and at least a total number of times of use within the preset predetermined period for each user who can use the shared device Based on one, when the shared device is installed at a new installation position, a movement amount associated with the use of the shared device by the user within a predetermined period is selected according to a predetermined condition. A predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit that calculates a sum of the usages by a plurality of users as a predicted stroke amount and calculates a predicted placement evaluation index for evaluating the placement of the shared device based on the predicted stroke amount The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 1, comprising:
  3.  前記共有機器が使用状態であることを推定もしくは検出する使用検出部を有し、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部は、
     該使用検出部が前記共有機器の使用を推定もしくは検出した場合に、前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動が発生したとして前記使用者の移動履歴の抽出を行なうこと
     を特徴とする請求項1または2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    A use detection unit that estimates or detects that the shared device is in use;
    The actual placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    3. The movement history of the user is extracted when a movement associated with the use of the shared device occurs when the use detection unit estimates or detects the use of the shared device. The shared device placement support system described in 1.
  4.  前記使用検出部は、
     前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域に所定の使用判定時間以上の滞留があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断すること
     を特徴とする請求項3に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The use detector is
    In the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit, it is determined that the shared device has been used when a pre-stored neighborhood of the shared device has stayed for a predetermined usage determination time or longer. The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 3, wherein:
  5.  前記使用検出部は、
     前記移動履歴記録部に記録された使用者の移動履歴において、予め記憶された前記共有機器の近傍領域との往復移動があった場合に、前記共有機器の使用があったと判断すること
     を特徴とする請求項3に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The use detector is
    In the movement history of the user recorded in the movement history recording unit, it is determined that the shared device has been used when there is a reciprocating movement with a pre-stored area near the shared device. The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 3.
  6.  前記共有機器は、該共有機器の近傍に使用者の有無を検知する人検知センサを有し、
     前記使用検出部は該人検知センサにより該共有機器の近傍に使用者が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断すること
     を特徴とする請求項3に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The shared device has a human detection sensor that detects the presence or absence of a user in the vicinity of the shared device,
    The shared device placement support according to claim 3, wherein the usage detection unit determines that the shared device is used when a user is detected in the vicinity of the shared device by the human detection sensor. system.
  7.  前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動を検知する作動検知センサを有し、
     前記使用検出部は該作動検知センサにより該共有機器の使用が検出された場合に前記共有機器の使用があったと判断すること
     を特徴とする請求項3に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The shared device has an operation detection sensor for detecting the operation of the shared device,
    The shared device placement support system according to claim 3, wherein the use detection unit determines that the shared device has been used when the use detection sensor detects the use of the shared device.
  8.  前記共有機器は、該共有機器の作動の履歴を記録する作動記録部を有し、
     前記使用検出部は該作動記録部により記録された該共有機器の作動履歴に基づいて前記共有機器の使用を判断すること
     を特徴とする請求項3に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The shared device has an operation recording unit that records an operation history of the shared device,
    The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 3, wherein the use detection unit determines use of the shared device based on an operation history of the shared device recorded by the operation recording unit.
  9.  前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点を決定する始終点決定部を有し、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部は、
     前記移動履歴記録部によって記録された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の移動履歴のうち、該始終点決定部によって決定された始点から前記共有機器まで、および前記共有機器から該始終点決定部によって決定された終点までの移動を前記共有機器の使用に伴う移動であるとして抽出すること
     を特徴とする請求項1または2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    A start / end point determination unit for determining a start point and an end point of movement associated with the use of the shared device;
    The actual placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    Of the movement history of the user using the shared device recorded by the movement history recording unit, from the start point determined by the start / end determination unit to the shared device, and from the shared device to the start / end point determination unit The shared device placement support system according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the movement to the determined end point is extracted as movement accompanying use of the shared device.
  10.  前記始終点決定部は、
     前記使用者のそれぞれの前記共有機器の非使用時における定常位置である定位置を記憶し、
     前記共有機器の使用者の定位置を該共有機器の使用に伴う移動の始点および終点と決定すること
     を特徴とする請求項9に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The start / end determination unit
    Storing a fixed position which is a stationary position when the shared device of each of the users is not used;
    The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 9, wherein a fixed position of a user of the shared device is determined as a start point and an end point of movement accompanying use of the shared device.
  11.  前記始終点決定部は、
     前記移動履歴記録部に記録された移動履歴において、前記共有機器の使用の直前および直後にそれぞれ予め設定された所定始終点判定時間以上の滞留があった箇所を始点および終点として決定すること
     を特徴とする請求項9に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The start / end determination unit
    In the movement history recorded in the movement history recording unit, a location where there has been staying longer than a predetermined start / end determination time set immediately before and immediately after the use of the shared device is determined as a start point and an end point. 10. The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 9.
  12.  前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出すること
     を特徴とする請求項2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    A straight line between a conventional installation position and a new installation position of the shared device for each movement amount of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit. The distance added and subtracted is the amount of movement of the user using the shared device installed at the new installation position, and the amount of movement within a predetermined period set in advance. The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 2, wherein the sum is calculated as a predicted stroke amount.
  13.  前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれに対し、前記共有機器の従来設置位置と新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短経路の距離を加減算したものを、前記新たな設置位置に設置された前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動の移動量のそれぞれであるとして、予め設定された所定期間内における移動量の総和を予測行程量として算出すること
     を特徴とする請求項2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    For each amount of movement of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit, the actual installation position between the existing installation position and the new installation position of the shared device is actually measured. The distance obtained by adding and subtracting the distance of the shortest path that can be moved to each of the movement amounts associated with the use of the user who uses the shared device installed at the new installation position is set in advance. The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 2, wherein the total amount of movement within a predetermined period is calculated as a predicted stroke amount.
  14.  前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間の直線距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出すること
     を特徴とする請求項2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    A linear distance between the position of the start point and the end point of each movement of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit and the new installation position of the shared device The shared device placement support system according to claim 2, wherein the predicted travel amount is calculated as a distance of movement accompanying the use.
  15.  前記予測配置評価指標演算部は、
     前記実配置評価指標演算部によって抽出される前記共有機器を使用した使用者の該使用に伴う移動のそれぞれにおける始点および終点の位置と、前記共有機器の新たな設置位置との間を実際に移動可能な最短距離を該使用に伴う移動の距離であるとして前記予測行程量として算出すること
     を特徴とする請求項2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    The predicted placement evaluation index calculation unit is
    The actual movement between the start point and the end point of each movement of the user using the shared device extracted by the actual placement evaluation index calculation unit and the new installation position of the shared device The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 2, wherein the shortest possible distance is calculated as the predicted stroke amount as a movement distance associated with the use.
  16.  前記新たな設置位置の複数の候補に前記共有機器を設置した場合について、前記予測行程量演算部によってそれぞれ算出される複数の前記予測行程量のうちから最も小さい前記予測行程量を選択し、該選択された予測行程量に対応する前記新たな設置位置の候補を前記新たな設置位置として決定する設置位置決定部を有すること
     を特徴とする請求項2に記載の共有機器の配置支援システム。
    When the shared device is installed at a plurality of candidates for the new installation position, the smallest predicted stroke amount is selected from the plurality of predicted stroke amounts respectively calculated by the predicted stroke amount calculation unit, The shared device arrangement support system according to claim 2, further comprising an installation position determination unit that determines, as the new installation position, the new installation position candidate corresponding to the selected predicted stroke amount.
PCT/JP2009/052656 2008-03-28 2009-02-17 Shared device layout support system WO2009119182A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010505444A JPWO2009119182A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-02-17 Shared device placement support system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008-088813 2008-03-28
JP2008088813 2008-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009119182A1 true WO2009119182A1 (en) 2009-10-01

Family

ID=41113390

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2009/052656 WO2009119182A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-02-17 Shared device layout support system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2009119182A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2009119182A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012226545A (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-11-15 Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc Layout evaluation device
JP2014078061A (en) * 2012-10-09 2014-05-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Proposal information generation device and program
JP2016144946A (en) * 2016-03-30 2016-08-12 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Layout evaluation device and layout evaluation program
JP2020011419A (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-23 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing device and program
JPWO2020218098A1 (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-10-28 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Image forming device and image forming system
JP7384587B2 (en) 2019-07-25 2023-11-21 株式会社オカムラ Information processing device, information processing system, information processing method, and program

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003022309A (en) * 2001-07-06 2003-01-24 Hitachi Ltd Device for managing facility on basis of flow line
JP2004289642A (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-10-14 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Optimum arrangement analyzing apparatus, method, and program
JP2004302652A (en) * 2003-03-28 2004-10-28 Seiko Epson Corp Installation location deciding device, installation location deciding program, installation location deciding method, shared equipment and printer

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003022309A (en) * 2001-07-06 2003-01-24 Hitachi Ltd Device for managing facility on basis of flow line
JP2004289642A (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-10-14 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Optimum arrangement analyzing apparatus, method, and program
JP2004302652A (en) * 2003-03-28 2004-10-28 Seiko Epson Corp Installation location deciding device, installation location deciding program, installation location deciding method, shared equipment and printer

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012226545A (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-11-15 Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc Layout evaluation device
JP2014078061A (en) * 2012-10-09 2014-05-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Proposal information generation device and program
JP2016144946A (en) * 2016-03-30 2016-08-12 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Layout evaluation device and layout evaluation program
JP2020011419A (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-23 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing device and program
JP7155693B2 (en) 2018-07-17 2022-10-19 富士フイルムビジネスイノベーション株式会社 Image forming apparatus and program
JPWO2020218098A1 (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-10-28 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Image forming device and image forming system
JP7056800B2 (en) 2019-04-26 2022-04-19 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Image forming device and image forming system
JP7384587B2 (en) 2019-07-25 2023-11-21 株式会社オカムラ Information processing device, information processing system, information processing method, and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2009119182A1 (en) 2011-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009119182A1 (en) Shared device layout support system
CN107220398B (en) Construction management system and method for linking data to building information model
US20110002009A1 (en) Printer selection system
US20170200108A1 (en) System and method for assessing worker performance
US9021344B2 (en) Off-line graphical user interface system and method for three-dimensional measurement
JP7353946B2 (en) Annotation device and method
US8812275B2 (en) Modeling movement of air under a floor of a data center
JP2005346583A (en) Image display apparatus, multi-display system, coordinate information output method, and control program thereof
JP2009238044A (en) Customer service support system
JP2015133764A (en) Method and device for collecting radio access point information
NO329404B1 (en) Position finder, painter with position finder, as well as painting system
US20160328784A1 (en) System and method for mapping product locations
KR101308872B1 (en) Service server and terminal for providing service based on prediction of user&#39;s behavior
US20110254663A1 (en) Work information processor, program, and work information processing method
JP7211455B2 (en) Processing system, processing method and program
JP7396722B2 (en) System, processing method and program
JP2021185505A (en) Information processing apparatus, display position adjustment method, and program
CN104169960A (en) Operation support system, operation support device, operation support method and program
JP2009236781A (en) Mobile station positioning system
JP6532116B1 (en) Inspection system, information collection device, inspection method, information collection method and program
JP6454084B2 (en) Article purchase support apparatus, article purchase support method, and program
CN109685582B (en) Price information acquisition and output method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
JP6620287B1 (en) Facility evaluation system
WO2009122792A1 (en) Work management system
JP6747681B2 (en) Inspection system, information collection device and inspection method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09725461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010505444

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09725461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1